EP1305355A1 - Hydrogel films and methods of making and using therefor - Google Patents
Hydrogel films and methods of making and using thereforInfo
- Publication number
- EP1305355A1 EP1305355A1 EP01957173A EP01957173A EP1305355A1 EP 1305355 A1 EP1305355 A1 EP 1305355A1 EP 01957173 A EP01957173 A EP 01957173A EP 01957173 A EP01957173 A EP 01957173A EP 1305355 A1 EP1305355 A1 EP 1305355A1
- Authority
- EP
- European Patent Office
- Prior art keywords
- film
- hydrogel
- wound
- films
- polysaccharide
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Withdrawn
Links
- 239000000017 hydrogel Substances 0.000 title claims abstract description 205
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 title claims abstract description 111
- 229920001282 polysaccharide Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 239000005017 polysaccharide Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 89
- 150000001875 compounds Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 56
- 229920001744 Polyaldehyde Polymers 0.000 claims abstract description 31
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 25
- 239000008194 pharmaceutical composition Substances 0.000 claims abstract description 20
- 150000004676 glycans Chemical class 0.000 claims abstract description 10
- 125000002843 carboxylic acid group Chemical group 0.000 claims abstract description 7
- 208000027418 Wounds and injury Diseases 0.000 claims description 187
- 206010052428 Wound Diseases 0.000 claims description 180
- 229920002674 hyaluronan Polymers 0.000 claims description 162
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N (2S,3S,4S,5R,6R)-6-[(2S,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-Acetamido-2-[(2S,3S,4R,5R,6R)-6-[(2R,3R,4R,5S,6R)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-DNGZLQJQSA-N 0.000 claims description 153
- 229960003160 hyaluronic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 151
- 150000004804 polysaccharides Polymers 0.000 claims description 93
- 229920002683 Glycosaminoglycan Polymers 0.000 claims description 67
- XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N water Substances O XLYOFNOQVPJJNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 50
- 229910001868 water Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 47
- 239000000203 mixture Substances 0.000 claims description 45
- SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 5-bromo-2-(trifluoromethoxy)pyridine Chemical compound FC(F)(F)OC1=CC=C(Br)C=N1 SQDAZGGFXASXDW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 43
- 229920001287 Chondroitin sulfate Polymers 0.000 claims description 43
- 229940059329 chondroitin sulfate Drugs 0.000 claims description 43
- 210000001519 tissue Anatomy 0.000 claims description 42
- IBVAQQYNSHJXBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N adipic acid dihydrazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)CCCCC(=O)NN IBVAQQYNSHJXBV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 41
- -1 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 claims description 38
- 230000029663 wound healing Effects 0.000 claims description 25
- 125000000217 alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 21
- 102000004887 Transforming Growth Factor beta Human genes 0.000 claims description 19
- 108090001012 Transforming Growth Factor beta Proteins 0.000 claims description 19
- ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N tgfbeta Chemical compound C([C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H]([C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CCSC)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(O)=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 ZRKFYGHZFMAOKI-QMGMOQQFSA-N 0.000 claims description 19
- 238000000502 dialysis Methods 0.000 claims description 16
- CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N indomethacin Chemical compound CC1=C(CC(O)=O)C2=CC(OC)=CC=C2N1C(=O)C1=CC=C(Cl)C=C1 CGIGDMFJXJATDK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 16
- 229920000642 polymer Polymers 0.000 claims description 16
- LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethanol Chemical compound CCO LFQSCWFLJHTTHZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 15
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 claims description 15
- 239000003795 chemical substances by application Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- 239000003102 growth factor Substances 0.000 claims description 14
- JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N hydrocortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 JYGXADMDTFJGBT-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 claims description 14
- 125000001183 hydrocarbyl group Chemical group 0.000 claims description 13
- 239000000872 buffer Substances 0.000 claims description 11
- 239000004971 Cross linker Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 210000000988 bone and bone Anatomy 0.000 claims description 10
- 239000001257 hydrogen Substances 0.000 claims description 10
- 229910052739 hydrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 claims description 10
- NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N insulin Chemical compound N1C(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)CN)C(C)CC)CSSCC(C(NC(CO)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CCC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(C)C)C(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(=O)NC(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)C(=O)NC(CSSCC(NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2C=CC(O)=CC=2)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(C)NC(=O)C(CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(CC=2NC=NC=2)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)CNC2=O)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CCC(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)NCC(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC=CC=3)C(=O)NC(CC=3C=CC(O)=CC=3)C(=O)NC(C(C)O)C(=O)N3C(CCC3)C(=O)NC(CCCCN)C(=O)NC(C)C(O)=O)C(=O)NC(CC(N)=O)C(O)=O)=O)NC(=O)C(C(C)CC)NC(=O)C(CO)NC(=O)C(C(C)O)NC(=O)C1CSSCC2NC(=O)C(CC(C)C)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(CC(N)=O)NC(=O)C(NC(=O)C(N)CC=1C=CC=CC=1)C(C)C)CC1=CN=CN1 NOESYZHRGYRDHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 10
- 229920002971 Heparan sulfate Polymers 0.000 claims description 9
- 241000124008 Mammalia Species 0.000 claims description 9
- UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N dexamethasone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)C=C[C@]2(C)[C@]2(F)[C@@H]1[C@@H]1C[C@@H](C)[C@@](C(=O)CO)(O)[C@@]1(C)C[C@@H]2O UREBDLICKHMUKA-CXSFZGCWSA-N 0.000 claims description 9
- ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N Dialdehyde 11678 Chemical group N1C2=CC=CC=C2C2=C1[C@H](C[C@H](/C(=C/O)C(=O)OC)[C@@H](C=C)C=O)NCC2 ZNZYKNKBJPZETN-WELNAUFTSA-N 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000004721 Polyphenylene oxide Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 239000007795 chemical reaction product Substances 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960003957 dexamethasone Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 229960000905 indomethacin Drugs 0.000 claims description 8
- 229920000570 polyether Polymers 0.000 claims description 8
- 150000003839 salts Chemical class 0.000 claims description 8
- QCHFTSOMWOSFHM-WPRPVWTQSA-N (+)-Pilocarpine Chemical compound C1OC(=O)[C@@H](CC)[C@H]1CC1=CN=CN1C QCHFTSOMWOSFHM-WPRPVWTQSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229920000045 Dermatan sulfate Polymers 0.000 claims description 7
- QCHFTSOMWOSFHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N SJ000285536 Natural products C1OC(=O)C(CC)C1CC1=CN=CN1C QCHFTSOMWOSFHM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960001193 diclofenac sodium Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960000890 hydrocortisone Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960001416 pilocarpine Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- 229960004618 prednisone Drugs 0.000 claims description 7
- XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N prednisone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 XOFYZVNMUHMLCC-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 claims description 7
- 230000001737 promoting effect Effects 0.000 claims description 7
- JGMJQSFLQWGYMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium;2,6-dichloro-n-phenylaniline;acetate Chemical compound [Na+].CC([O-])=O.ClC1=CC=CC(Cl)=C1NC1=CC=CC=C1 JGMJQSFLQWGYMQ-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 claims description 7
- AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N Doxorubicin Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@](O)(CC=2C(O)=C3C(=O)C=4C=CC=C(C=4C(=O)C3=C(O)C=21)OC)C(=O)CO)[C@H]1C[C@H](N)[C@H](O)[C@H](C)O1 AOJJSUZBOXZQNB-TZSSRYMLSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010067306 Fibronectins Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000016359 Fibronectins Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ibuprofen Chemical compound CC(C)CC1=CC=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=C1 HEFNNWSXXWATRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 6
- 108010038512 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 6
- 102000010780 Platelet-Derived Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 6
- 238000004519 manufacturing process Methods 0.000 claims description 6
- NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N (4S)-4-[[(4R,7S,10S,16S,19S,25S,28S,31R)-31-[[(2S)-2-[[(1R,6R,9S,12S,18S,21S,24S,27S,30S,33S,36S,39S,42R,47R,53S,56S,59S,62S,65S,68S,71S,76S,79S,85S)-47-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-4-amino-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-[[(2S)-2-amino-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-3-hydroxypropanoyl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)propanoyl]amino]-3-phenylpropanoyl]amino]-4-oxobutanoyl]amino]-3-carboxypropanoyl]amino]-18-(4-aminobutyl)-27,68-bis(3-amino-3-oxopropyl)-36,71,76-tribenzyl-39-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-24-(2-carboxyethyl)-21,56-bis(carboxymethyl)-65,85-bis[(1R)-1-hydroxyethyl]-59-(hydroxymethyl)-62,79-bis(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-9-methyl-33-(2-methylpropyl)-8,11,17,20,23,26,29,32,35,38,41,48,54,57,60,63,66,69,72,74,77,80,83,86-tetracosaoxo-30-propan-2-yl-3,4,44,45-tetrathia-7,10,16,19,22,25,28,31,34,37,40,49,55,58,61,64,67,70,73,75,78,81,84,87-tetracosazatetracyclo[40.31.14.012,16.049,53]heptaoctacontane-6-carbonyl]amino]-3-methylbutanoyl]amino]-7-(3-carbamimidamidopropyl)-25-(hydroxymethyl)-19-[(4-hydroxyphenyl)methyl]-28-(1H-imidazol-4-ylmethyl)-10-methyl-6,9,12,15,18,21,24,27,30-nonaoxo-16-propan-2-yl-1,2-dithia-5,8,11,14,17,20,23,26,29-nonazacyclodotriacontane-4-carbonyl]amino]-5-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-3-carboxy-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(2S)-1-[[(1S)-1-carboxyethyl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-4-methyl-1-oxopentan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-3-(1H-imidazol-4-yl)-1-oxopropan-2-yl]amino]-5-oxopentanoic acid Chemical compound CC(C)C[C@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](C)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc1c[nH]cn1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]1CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H]2CSSC[C@@H]3NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H]4CCCN4C(=O)[C@H](CSSC[C@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](Cc4c[nH]cn4)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc4ccccc4)NC3=O)[C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc3ccccc3)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCCN)C(=O)N3CCC[C@H]3C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N2)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2ccccc2)NC(=O)[C@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@@H](N)C(C)C)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)C(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2c[nH]cn2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](Cc2ccc(O)cc2)C(=O)N[C@@H](C(C)C)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1)C(=O)N[C@@H](C)C(O)=O NMWKYTGJWUAZPZ-WWHBDHEGSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 11-dehydrocorticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 FUFLCEKSBBHCMO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Corticosterone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(O)CC(C)(C(CC4)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N Cortisone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3C(=O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-ZPOLXVRWSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cortisone Natural products O=C1CCC2(C)C3C(=O)CC(C)(C(CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)C4C3CCC2=C1 MFYSYFVPBJMHGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000018233 Fibroblast Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108050007372 Fibroblast Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N Heparin Chemical compound OC1C(NC(=O)C)C(O)OC(COS(O)(=O)=O)C1OC1C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(O)C(OC2C(C(OS(O)(=O)=O)C(OC3C(C(O)C(O)C(O3)C(O)=O)OS(O)(=O)=O)C(CO)O2)NS(O)(=O)=O)C(C(O)=O)O1 HTTJABKRGRZYRN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000002265 Human Growth Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010000521 Human Growth Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 239000000854 Human Growth Hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000004877 Insulin Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108090001061 Insulin Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000000589 Interleukin-1 Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108010002352 Interleukin-1 Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N corticosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OMFXVFTZEKFJBZ-HJTSIMOOSA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004544 cortisone Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940126864 fibroblast growth factor Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960002897 heparin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960001680 ibuprofen Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229940125396 insulin Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 229960004584 methylprednisolone Drugs 0.000 claims description 5
- 102000004169 proteins and genes Human genes 0.000 claims description 5
- 108090000623 proteins and genes Proteins 0.000 claims description 5
- VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N uroanthelone Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@H](C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CO)C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CS)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(N)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(O)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CCC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CCSC)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)CNC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H](CC(O)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CS)NC(=O)CNC(=O)[C@H]1N(CCC1)C(=O)[C@H](CC=1C=CC(O)=CC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@@H](N)CC(N)=O)C(C)C)[C@@H](C)CC)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 VBEQCZHXXJYVRD-GACYYNSASA-N 0.000 claims description 5
- RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Acetaminophen Chemical compound CC(=O)NC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RZVAJINKPMORJF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N Gentamicin Chemical compound O1[C@H](C(C)NC)CC[C@@H](N)[C@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O[C@@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](NC)[C@@](C)(O)CO2)O)[C@H](N)C[C@@H]1N CEAZRRDELHUEMR-URQXQFDESA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229930182566 Gentamicin Natural products 0.000 claims description 4
- RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N Progesterone Chemical compound C1CC2=CC(=O)CC[C@]2(C)[C@@H]2[C@@H]1[C@@H]1CC[C@H](C(=O)C)[C@@]1(C)CC2 RJKFOVLPORLFTN-LEKSSAKUSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N Testostosterone Chemical compound O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3CC[C@](C)([C@H](CC4)O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 MUMGGOZAMZWBJJ-DYKIIFRCSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000003110 anti-inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000002246 antineoplastic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzocaine Chemical compound CCOC(=O)C1=CC=C(N)C=C1 BLFLLBZGZJTVJG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001768 carboxy methyl cellulose Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N cocaine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@@H]2CC[C@@H](N2C)[C@H]1C(=O)OC)C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZPUCINDJVBIVPJ-LJISPDSOSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940124558 contraceptive agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000003433 contraceptive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N dopamine Chemical compound NCCC1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1 VYFYYTLLBUKUHU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 229940088597 hormone Drugs 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000005556 hormone Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 230000006872 improvement Effects 0.000 claims description 4
- BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N morphine Chemical compound O([C@H]1[C@H](C=C[C@H]23)O)C4=C5[C@@]12CCN(C)[C@@H]3CC5=CC=C4O BQJCRHHNABKAKU-KBQPJGBKSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N papaverine Chemical compound C1=C(OC)C(OC)=CC=C1CC1=NC=CC2=CC(OC)=C(OC)C=C12 XQYZDYMELSJDRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 239000001814 pectin Substances 0.000 claims description 4
- 229920001277 pectin Polymers 0.000 claims description 4
- 235000010987 pectin Nutrition 0.000 claims description 4
- YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N salicylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1O YGSDEFSMJLZEOE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 4
- 150000003431 steroids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 4
- OEANUJAFZLQYOD-CXAZCLJRSA-N (2r,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5r,6r)-5-acetamido-3-hydroxy-2-(hydroxymethyl)-6-methoxyoxan-4-yl]oxy-4,5-dihydroxy-3-methoxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](OC)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](OC)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 OEANUJAFZLQYOD-CXAZCLJRSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920002134 Carboxymethyl cellulose Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010071942 Colony-Stimulating Factors Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N Diethyl ether Chemical compound CCOCC RTZKZFJDLAIYFH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 101800003838 Epidermal growth factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 102000012673 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Human genes 0.000 claims description 3
- 108010079345 Follicle Stimulating Hormone Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hydrogen Chemical compound [H][H] UFHFLCQGNIYNRP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Naproxen Natural products C1=C(C(C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- 206010028980 Neoplasm Diseases 0.000 claims description 3
- 108091034117 Oligonucleotide Proteins 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000654 additive Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940009456 adriamycin Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000556 agonist Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000615 alginic acid Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000000783 alginic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000010443 alginic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960001126 alginic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 150000004781 alginic acids Chemical class 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000844 anti-bacterial effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940121375 antifungal agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 235000010948 carboxy methyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000008112 carboxymethyl-cellulose Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940125692 cardiovascular agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000002327 cardiovascular agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940051593 dermatan sulfate Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940116977 epidermal growth factor Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229940028334 follicle stimulating hormone Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- 229920000669 heparin Polymers 0.000 claims description 3
- 239000003589 local anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 3
- 230000000921 morphogenic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 3
- 229960002009 naproxen Drugs 0.000 claims description 3
- CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N naproxen Chemical compound C1=C([C@H](C)C(O)=O)C=CC2=CC(OC)=CC=C21 CMWTZPSULFXXJA-VIFPVBQESA-N 0.000 claims description 3
- SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N (4s,4ar,5s,5ar,6r,12ar)-4-(dimethylamino)-1,5,10,11,12a-pentahydroxy-6-methyl-3,12-dioxo-4a,5,5a,6-tetrahydro-4h-tetracene-2-carboxamide Chemical compound C1=CC=C2[C@H](C)[C@@H]([C@H](O)[C@@H]3[C@](C(O)=C(C(N)=O)C(=O)[C@H]3N(C)C)(O)C3=O)C3=C(O)C2=C1O SGKRLCUYIXIAHR-AKNGSSGZSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N (S)-chloroquine Chemical compound ClC1=CC=C2C(N[C@@H](C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930008281 A03AD01 - Papaverine Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010001478 Bacitracin Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930186147 Cephalosporin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Fluorouracil Chemical compound FC1=CNC(=O)NC1=O GHASVSINZRGABV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- BFSMWENDZZIWPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isopropamide iodide Chemical compound [I-].C=1C=CC=CC=1C(C(N)=O)(CC[N+](C)(C(C)C)C(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 BFSMWENDZZIWPW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N L-methotrexate Chemical compound C=1N=C2N=C(N)N=C(N)C2=NC=1CN(C)C1=CC=C(C(=O)N[C@@H](CCC(O)=O)C(O)=O)C=C1 FBOZXECLQNJBKD-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Lidocaine Chemical compound CCN(CC)CC(=O)NC1=C(C)C=CC=C1C NNJVILVZKWQKPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Minoxidil Chemical compound NC1=[N+]([O-])C(N)=CC(N2CCCCC2)=N1 ZFMITUMMTDLWHR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Niacin Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CN=C1 PVNIIMVLHYAWGP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930182555 Penicillin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N Penicillin G Chemical compound N([C@H]1[C@H]2SC([C@@H](N2C1=O)C(O)=O)(C)C)C(=O)CC1=CC=CC=C1 JGSARLDLIJGVTE-MBNYWOFBSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004698 Polyethylene Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 108010023197 Streptokinase Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L Sulfate Chemical compound [O-]S([O-])(=O)=O QAOWNCQODCNURD-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000004098 Tetracycline Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 108060008682 Tumor Necrosis Factor Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 102000000852 Tumor Necrosis Factor-alpha Human genes 0.000 claims description 2
- OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-UHTZMRCNSA-N Vidarabine Chemical compound C1=NC=2C(N)=NC=NC=2N1[C@@H]1O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OIRDTQYFTABQOQ-UHTZMRCNSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N Vinblastine Natural products O=C(O[C@H]1[C@](O)(C(=O)OC)[C@@H]2N(C)c3c(cc(c(OC)c3)[C@]3(C(=O)OC)c4[nH]c5c(c4CCN4C[C@](O)(CC)C[C@H](C3)C4)cccc5)[C@@]32[C@H]2[C@@]1(CC)C=CCN2CC3)C JXLYSJRDGCGARV-WWYNWVTFSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000674 adrenergic antagonist Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003556 aminophylline Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001773 anti-convulsant effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000001028 anti-proliverative effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000002921 anti-spasmodic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000001961 anticonvulsive agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000739 antihistaminic agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940034982 antineoplastic agent Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002221 antipyretic Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003071 bacitracin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930184125 bacitracin Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N bacitracin A Chemical compound C1SC([C@@H](N)[C@@H](C)CC)=N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@H](CCC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@@H]1C(=O)N[C@H](CCCN)C(=O)N[C@@H]([C@@H](C)CC)C(=O)N[C@H](CC=2C=CC=CC=2)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC=2N=CNC=2)C(=O)N[C@H](CC(O)=O)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(N)=O)C(=O)NCCCC1 CLKOFPXJLQSYAH-ABRJDSQDSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005274 benzocaine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N buprenorphine Chemical compound C([C@]12[C@H]3OC=4C(O)=CC=C(C2=4)C[C@@H]2[C@]11CC[C@]3([C@H](C1)[C@](C)(O)C(C)(C)C)OC)CN2CC1CC1 RMRJXGBAOAMLHD-IHFGGWKQSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001736 buprenorphine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940124587 cephalosporin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000001780 cephalosporins Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003677 chloroquine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N chloroquine Natural products ClC1=CC=C2C(NC(C)CCCN(CC)CC)=CC=NC2=C1 WHTVZRBIWZFKQO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L cisplatin Chemical compound N[Pt](N)(Cl)Cl DQLATGHUWYMOKM-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004316 cisplatin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003920 cocaine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000520 diphenhydramine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003638 dopamine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003722 doxycycline Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002949 fluorouracil Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002390 flurbiprofen Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N flurbiprofen Chemical compound FC1=CC(C(C(O)=O)C)=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 SYTBZMRGLBWNTM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000000147 hypnotic effect Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001543 isopropamide iodide Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004194 lidocaine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960000485 methotrexate Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003632 minoxidil Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005181 morphine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003158 myorelaxant agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- UZHSEJADLWPNLE-GRGSLBFTSA-N naloxone Chemical compound O=C([C@@H]1O2)CC[C@@]3(O)[C@H]4CC5=CC=C(O)C2=C5[C@@]13CCN4CC=C UZHSEJADLWPNLE-GRGSLBFTSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004127 naloxone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- DQCKKXVULJGBQN-XFWGSAIBSA-N naltrexone Chemical compound N1([C@@H]2CC3=CC=C(C=4O[C@@H]5[C@](C3=4)([C@]2(CCC5=O)O)CC1)O)CC1CC1 DQCKKXVULJGBQN-XFWGSAIBSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003086 naltrexone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003512 nicotinic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000001968 nicotinic acid Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000011664 nicotinic acid Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000002687 nonaqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- HATIEXJZXOLRAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N octanedihydrazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)CCCCCCC(=O)NN HATIEXJZXOLRAO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N papa-hydroxy-benzoic acid Natural products OC(=O)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 FJKROLUGYXJWQN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001789 papaverine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005489 paracetamol Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229940049954 penicillin Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N piroxicam Chemical compound OC=1C2=CC=CC=C2S(=O)(=O)N(C)C=1C(=O)NC1=CC=CC=N1 QYSPLQLAKJAUJT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002702 piroxicam Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229920000573 polyethylene Polymers 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003387 progesterone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000186 progesterone Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N risperidone Chemical compound FC1=CC=C2C(C3CCN(CC3)CCC=3C(=O)N4CCCCC4=NC=3C)=NOC2=C1 RAPZEAPATHNIPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960001534 risperidone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960004889 salicylic acid Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000037390 scarring Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000000932 sedative agent Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 230000008470 skin growth Effects 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005202 streptokinase Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003604 testosterone Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960002180 tetracycline Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229930101283 tetracycline Natural products 0.000 claims description 2
- 235000019364 tetracycline Nutrition 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000003522 tetracyclines Chemical class 0.000 claims description 2
- 239000003053 toxin Substances 0.000 claims description 2
- 231100000765 toxin Toxicity 0.000 claims description 2
- 108700012359 toxins Proteins 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960005486 vaccine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003636 vidarabine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- 229960003048 vinblastine Drugs 0.000 claims description 2
- JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N vincaleukoblastine Chemical compound C([C@@H](C[C@]1(C(=O)OC)C=2C(=CC3=C([C@]45[C@H]([C@@]([C@H](OC(C)=O)[C@]6(CC)C=CCN([C@H]56)CC4)(O)C(=O)OC)N3C)C=2)OC)C[C@@](C2)(O)CC)N2CCC2=C1NC1=CC=CC=C21 JXLYSJRDGCGARV-XQKSVPLYSA-N 0.000 claims description 2
- 150000002431 hydrogen Chemical class 0.000 claims 3
- 102000009024 Epidermal Growth Factor Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 102100039620 Granulocyte-macrophage colony-stimulating factor Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terfenadine Chemical compound C1=CC(C(C)(C)C)=CC=C1C(O)CCCN1CCC(C(O)(C=2C=CC=CC=2)C=2C=CC=CC=2)CC1 GUGOEEXESWIERI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 102000009618 Transforming Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 claims 1
- 108010009583 Transforming Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000996 additive effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- FQPFAHBPWDRTLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminophylline Chemical compound NCCN.O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1NC=N2.O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1NC=N2 FQPFAHBPWDRTLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000202 analgesic effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000843 anti-fungal effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001387 anti-histamine Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001754 anti-pyretic effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000767 anti-ulcer Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 230000000840 anti-viral effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 229960003965 antiepileptics Drugs 0.000 claims 1
- 239000008135 aqueous vehicle Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000812 cholinergic antagonist Substances 0.000 claims 1
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-L dermatan sulfate Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS([O-])(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C([O-])=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-L 0.000 claims 1
- ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenhydramine Chemical compound C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZVUWRFHKOJYTH-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 claims 1
- 230000001624 sedative effect Effects 0.000 claims 1
- 239000000934 spermatocidal agent Substances 0.000 claims 1
- 238000011282 treatment Methods 0.000 abstract description 14
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 abstract description 8
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 abstract description 8
- 239000007864 aqueous solution Substances 0.000 abstract description 6
- 230000001225 therapeutic effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 5
- 238000006116 polymerization reaction Methods 0.000 abstract description 4
- 230000007935 neutral effect Effects 0.000 abstract description 2
- 239000000243 solution Substances 0.000 description 70
- 238000002360 preparation method Methods 0.000 description 26
- 229920001223 polyethylene glycol Polymers 0.000 description 20
- 238000003556 assay Methods 0.000 description 19
- 230000002500 effect on skin Effects 0.000 description 19
- 238000001356 surgical procedure Methods 0.000 description 19
- 102000003974 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Human genes 0.000 description 17
- 108090000379 Fibroblast growth factor 2 Proteins 0.000 description 17
- 238000006243 chemical reaction Methods 0.000 description 17
- 239000007787 solid Substances 0.000 description 17
- 210000000416 exudates and transudate Anatomy 0.000 description 15
- 239000002904 solvent Substances 0.000 description 15
- 230000007547 defect Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000001727 in vivo Methods 0.000 description 14
- 230000008929 regeneration Effects 0.000 description 14
- 238000011069 regeneration method Methods 0.000 description 14
- 108010035532 Collagen Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000008186 Collagen Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 241000282898 Sus scrofa Species 0.000 description 13
- 108010073929 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factor A Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 102000005789 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Human genes 0.000 description 13
- 108010019530 Vascular Endothelial Growth Factors Proteins 0.000 description 13
- 229920001436 collagen Polymers 0.000 description 13
- 230000035876 healing Effects 0.000 description 13
- 210000003491 skin Anatomy 0.000 description 13
- 239000000126 substance Substances 0.000 description 13
- 150000001299 aldehydes Chemical class 0.000 description 12
- FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium chloride Chemical compound [Na+].[Cl-] FAPWRFPIFSIZLT-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 11
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 11
- KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N hyaluronan Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)C1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H](C(O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KIUKXJAPPMFGSW-MNSSHETKSA-N 0.000 description 11
- 229940099552 hyaluronan Drugs 0.000 description 11
- 238000006467 substitution reaction Methods 0.000 description 11
- 230000037314 wound repair Effects 0.000 description 11
- 241001465754 Metazoa Species 0.000 description 10
- 241000699666 Mus <mouse, genus> Species 0.000 description 10
- 238000007792 addition Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000012620 biological material Substances 0.000 description 10
- 210000004027 cell Anatomy 0.000 description 10
- LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I dipotassium trisodium dihydrogen phosphate hydrogen phosphate dichloride Chemical compound P(=O)(O)(O)[O-].[K+].P(=O)(O)([O-])[O-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[K+].[Cl-].[Na+] LOKCTEFSRHRXRJ-UHFFFAOYSA-I 0.000 description 10
- 238000011156 evaluation Methods 0.000 description 10
- 230000006870 function Effects 0.000 description 10
- 238000005259 measurement Methods 0.000 description 10
- 239000002953 phosphate buffered saline Substances 0.000 description 10
- 230000010388 wound contraction Effects 0.000 description 10
- IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethylene oxide Chemical compound C1CO1 IAYPIBMASNFSPL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 9
- 230000033115 angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 9
- 125000003118 aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 9
- 125000004432 carbon atom Chemical group C* 0.000 description 9
- 230000006378 damage Effects 0.000 description 9
- 239000003814 drug Substances 0.000 description 9
- 208000014674 injury Diseases 0.000 description 9
- 239000011541 reaction mixture Substances 0.000 description 9
- 238000012360 testing method Methods 0.000 description 9
- MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dioxygen Chemical compound O=O MYMOFIZGZYHOMD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Formaldehyde Chemical compound O=C WSFSSNUMVMOOMR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 8
- 206010061218 Inflammation Diseases 0.000 description 8
- 241000699670 Mus sp. Species 0.000 description 8
- 239000002253 acid Substances 0.000 description 8
- 229940079593 drug Drugs 0.000 description 8
- 238000005227 gel permeation chromatography Methods 0.000 description 8
- 230000012010 growth Effects 0.000 description 8
- 230000004054 inflammatory process Effects 0.000 description 8
- 239000011159 matrix material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 210000004088 microvessel Anatomy 0.000 description 8
- 230000017423 tissue regeneration Effects 0.000 description 8
- IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N Atomic nitrogen Chemical compound N#N IJGRMHOSHXDMSA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- 108010003272 Hyaluronate lyase Proteins 0.000 description 7
- 102000001974 Hyaluronidases Human genes 0.000 description 7
- 238000013270 controlled release Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000012377 drug delivery Methods 0.000 description 7
- 210000002615 epidermis Anatomy 0.000 description 7
- 238000001704 evaporation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008020 evaporation Effects 0.000 description 7
- 239000000499 gel Substances 0.000 description 7
- 229960002773 hyaluronidase Drugs 0.000 description 7
- 230000028709 inflammatory response Effects 0.000 description 7
- 238000011068 loading method Methods 0.000 description 7
- 238000002156 mixing Methods 0.000 description 7
- 229910052760 oxygen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 7
- 239000001301 oxygen Substances 0.000 description 7
- 238000000935 solvent evaporation Methods 0.000 description 7
- 230000008961 swelling Effects 0.000 description 7
- 108010079709 Angiostatins Proteins 0.000 description 6
- OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Methanol Chemical compound OC OKKJLVBELUTLKV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M Sodium hydroxide Chemical compound [OH-].[Na+] HEMHJVSKTPXQMS-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 6
- DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N acridine orange free base Chemical compound C1=CC(N(C)C)=CC2=NC3=CC(N(C)C)=CC=C3C=C21 DPKHZNPWBDQZCN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 230000008901 benefit Effects 0.000 description 6
- DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzoquinolinylidene Natural products C1=CC=CC2=CC3=CC=CC=C3N=C21 DZBUGLKDJFMEHC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 6
- 150000001718 carbodiimides Chemical class 0.000 description 6
- 239000003153 chemical reaction reagent Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000004132 cross linking Methods 0.000 description 6
- 210000004207 dermis Anatomy 0.000 description 6
- 239000007789 gas Substances 0.000 description 6
- 239000007943 implant Substances 0.000 description 6
- 238000003786 synthesis reaction Methods 0.000 description 6
- CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbon dioxide Chemical compound O=C=O CURLTUGMZLYLDI-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dimethylsulphoxide Chemical compound CS(C)=O IAZDPXIOMUYVGZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N N,N-Dimethylformamide Chemical compound CN(C)C=O ZMXDDKWLCZADIW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 5
- 239000013543 active substance Substances 0.000 description 5
- 125000003172 aldehyde group Chemical group 0.000 description 5
- 238000004458 analytical method Methods 0.000 description 5
- 229940121363 anti-inflammatory agent Drugs 0.000 description 5
- 239000002260 anti-inflammatory agent Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000001574 biopsy Methods 0.000 description 5
- 125000003178 carboxy group Chemical group [H]OC(*)=O 0.000 description 5
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 5
- 125000004435 hydrogen atom Chemical class [H]* 0.000 description 5
- 238000010172 mouse model Methods 0.000 description 5
- 230000008520 organization Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000003647 oxidation Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000007254 oxidation reaction Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000008363 phosphate buffer Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000011084 recovery Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000011780 sodium chloride Substances 0.000 description 5
- 230000001954 sterilising effect Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000013268 sustained release Methods 0.000 description 5
- 239000012730 sustained-release form Substances 0.000 description 5
- 239000003643 water by type Substances 0.000 description 5
- 238000005160 1H NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 240000001592 Amaranthus caudatus Species 0.000 description 4
- 235000009328 Amaranthus caudatus Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 206010002091 Anaesthesia Diseases 0.000 description 4
- 102400000068 Angiostatin Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102000003972 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 108090000385 Fibroblast growth factor 7 Proteins 0.000 description 4
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Galacturonsaeure Natural products O=CC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N Glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1OC(O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-GASJEMHNSA-N 0.000 description 4
- PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N Isoflurane Chemical compound FC(F)OC(Cl)C(F)(F)F PIWKPBJCKXDKJR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 238000005481 NMR spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 4
- 241001415846 Procellariidae Species 0.000 description 4
- 108010067787 Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 102000016611 Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 102400001320 Transforming growth factor alpha Human genes 0.000 description 4
- 101800004564 Transforming growth factor alpha Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 239000004178 amaranth Substances 0.000 description 4
- 235000012735 amaranth Nutrition 0.000 description 4
- 230000037005 anaesthesia Effects 0.000 description 4
- FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N aspergillomarasmine B Natural products OC(=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CNC(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O FZCSTZYAHCUGEM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 239000000969 carrier Substances 0.000 description 4
- 150000002016 disaccharides Chemical group 0.000 description 4
- 238000002474 experimental method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000012634 fragment Substances 0.000 description 4
- 210000003780 hair follicle Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 210000004969 inflammatory cell Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 230000003993 interaction Effects 0.000 description 4
- 238000011835 investigation Methods 0.000 description 4
- 229960002725 isoflurane Drugs 0.000 description 4
- 210000002510 keratinocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 4
- 229910052757 nitrogen Inorganic materials 0.000 description 4
- RPQUGMLCZLGZTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N octyl cyanoacrylate Chemical compound CCCCCCCCOC(=O)C(=C)C#N RPQUGMLCZLGZTG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000036961 partial effect Effects 0.000 description 4
- 229960005205 prednisolone Drugs 0.000 description 4
- OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N prednisolone Chemical compound O=C1C=C[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)CO)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 OIGNJSKKLXVSLS-VWUMJDOOSA-N 0.000 description 4
- 230000002265 prevention Effects 0.000 description 4
- 108090000765 processed proteins & peptides Proteins 0.000 description 4
- 159000000000 sodium salts Chemical class 0.000 description 4
- 238000007619 statistical method Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000004659 sterilization and disinfection Methods 0.000 description 4
- 239000006228 supernatant Substances 0.000 description 4
- 238000003260 vortexing Methods 0.000 description 4
- 208000035143 Bacterial infection Diseases 0.000 description 3
- WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N Benzyl alcohol Chemical compound OCC1=CC=CC=C1 WVDDGKGOMKODPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N Haematoxylin Chemical compound C12=CC(O)=C(O)C=C2CC2(O)C1C1=CC=C(O)C(O)=C1OC2 WZUVPPKBWHMQCE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acelyl-D-glucosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC1C(O)OC(CO)C(O)C1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000004793 Polystyrene Substances 0.000 description 3
- DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N Propylene glycol Chemical compound CC(O)CO DNIAPMSPPWPWGF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N Sulfur Chemical compound [S] NINIDFKCEFEMDL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 150000007513 acids Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-WAXACMCWSA-N alpha-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O[C@H]1O[C@H](C(O)=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O AEMOLEFTQBMNLQ-WAXACMCWSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 125000003277 amino group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 229940088710 antibiotic agent Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 125000003710 aryl alkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 3
- 208000022362 bacterial infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000004888 barrier function Effects 0.000 description 3
- WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N beta-D-glucose Chemical compound OC[C@H]1O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O WQZGKKKJIJFFOK-VFUOTHLCSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 239000003397 biobrane Substances 0.000 description 3
- 230000000740 bleeding effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 150000001732 carboxylic acid derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 3
- 230000010261 cell growth Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001413 cellular effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000000593 degrading effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000001419 dependent effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000008121 dextrose Substances 0.000 description 3
- 238000010586 diagram Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000003937 drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 3
- 210000002919 epithelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 239000000262 estrogen Substances 0.000 description 3
- IDGUHHHQCWSQLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N ethanol;hydrate Chemical compound O.CCO IDGUHHHQCWSQLU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 3
- 238000000855 fermentation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000004151 fermentation Effects 0.000 description 3
- 210000002950 fibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000009472 formulation Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000002209 hydrophobic effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000007654 immersion Methods 0.000 description 3
- 238000011065 in-situ storage Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000001965 increasing effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 208000015181 infectious disease Diseases 0.000 description 3
- 230000002401 inhibitory effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000010354 integration Effects 0.000 description 3
- 125000001570 methylene group Chemical group [H]C([H])([*:1])[*:2] 0.000 description 3
- 238000012544 monitoring process Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000003205 muscle Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 230000002093 peripheral effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000000546 pharmaceutical excipient Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229920002223 polystyrene Polymers 0.000 description 3
- 230000002980 postoperative effect Effects 0.000 description 3
- 239000003755 preservative agent Substances 0.000 description 3
- 125000002924 primary amino group Chemical group [H]N([H])* 0.000 description 3
- 102000004196 processed proteins & peptides Human genes 0.000 description 3
- 238000000746 purification Methods 0.000 description 3
- 210000004872 soft tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 3
- 238000000371 solid-state nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy Methods 0.000 description 3
- 230000003637 steroidlike Effects 0.000 description 3
- 238000003756 stirring Methods 0.000 description 3
- 239000011593 sulfur Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229910052717 sulfur Inorganic materials 0.000 description 3
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229940126585 therapeutic drug Drugs 0.000 description 3
- 239000003981 vehicle Substances 0.000 description 3
- 239000011800 void material Substances 0.000 description 3
- 229930003347 Atropine Natural products 0.000 description 2
- 102100023995 Beta-nerve growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 241000283690 Bos taurus Species 0.000 description 2
- 102000007644 Colony-Stimulating Factors Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 229920002307 Dextran Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 102000004190 Enzymes Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090000790 Enzymes Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102400001368 Epidermal growth factor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 206010063560 Excessive granulation tissue Diseases 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N Fumaric acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C\C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-OWOJBTEDSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 241000282412 Homo Species 0.000 description 2
- 102100027735 Hyaluronan mediated motility receptor Human genes 0.000 description 2
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N Hyosciamin-hydrochlorid Natural products CN1C(C2)CCC1CC2OC(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108090000723 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000004218 Insulin-Like Growth Factor I Human genes 0.000 description 2
- 108090001117 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 102000048143 Insulin-Like Growth Factor II Human genes 0.000 description 2
- XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N Iron Chemical compound [Fe] XEEYBQQBJWHFJM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000004166 Lanolin Substances 0.000 description 2
- OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Malonic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)=O OFOBLEOULBTSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-KEWYIRBNSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-KEWYIRBNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-acetyl-D-galactosamine Natural products CC(=O)NC(C=O)C(O)C(O)C(O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N N-acetyl-D-glucosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1C(O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-RTRLPJTCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N N-acetyl-beta-D-glucosamine Chemical group CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-FMDGEEDCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N N-acetylglucosamine Natural products CC(=O)N[C@@H](C=O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO MBLBDJOUHNCFQT-LXGUWJNJSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 108010025020 Nerve Growth Factor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 208000005888 Periodontal Pocket Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 206010072170 Skin wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- 241000282887 Suidae Species 0.000 description 2
- 208000002847 Surgical Wound Diseases 0.000 description 2
- KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N Terephthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=C(C(O)=O)C=C1 KKEYFWRCBNTPAC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 208000031737 Tissue Adhesions Diseases 0.000 description 2
- JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N [3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-[[5-(2-amino-6-oxo-1H-purin-9-yl)-3-hydroxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxyoxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(5-methyl-2,4-dioxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methoxy-hydroxyphosphoryl]oxy-5-(4-amino-2-oxopyrimidin-1-yl)oxolan-2-yl]methyl [5-(6-aminopurin-9-yl)-2-(hydroxymethyl)oxolan-3-yl] hydrogen phosphate Polymers Cc1cn(C2CC(OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3OP(O)(=O)OCC3OC(CC3O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)C(COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3COP(O)(=O)OC3CC(OC3CO)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3ccc(N)nc3=O)n3cc(C)c(=O)[nH]c3=O)n3cnc4c3nc(N)[nH]c4=O)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)n3cnc4c(N)ncnc34)O2)c(=O)[nH]c1=O JLCPHMBAVCMARE-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000005299 abrasion Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000002835 absorbance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000001931 aliphatic group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000002877 alkyl aryl group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N alpha-L-IdopA-(1->3)-beta-D-GalpNAc4S Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](C(O)=O)O1 AVJBPWGFOQAPRH-FWMKGIEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000000540 analysis of variance Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000019552 anatomical structure morphogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000730 antalgic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003242 anti bacterial agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124599 anti-inflammatory drug Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000004599 antimicrobial Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003080 antimitotic agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003699 antiulcer agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000003443 antiviral agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940121357 antivirals Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 150000001491 aromatic compounds Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N atropine Chemical compound O([C@H]1C[C@H]2CC[C@@H](C1)N2C)C(=O)C(CO)C1=CC=CC=C1 RKUNBYITZUJHSG-SPUOUPEWSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229960000396 atropine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 230000004009 axon guidance Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000028600 axonogenesis Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229920000249 biocompatible polymer Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 210000001124 body fluid Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000010839 body fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000001680 brushing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000001569 carbon dioxide Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229910002092 carbon dioxide Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- 150000007942 carboxylates Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000012292 cell migration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 2
- KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N chondroitin sulfate Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](OS(O)(=O)=O)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 KXKPYJOVDUMHGS-OSRGNVMNSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000011248 coating agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000000576 coating method Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000052 comparative effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000000875 corresponding effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000002537 cosmetic Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000000113 cyclohexyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 125000001511 cyclopentyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000007423 decrease Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000018044 dehydration Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000006297 dehydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000000326 densiometry Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000011161 development Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000018109 developmental process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004069 differentiation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 125000002147 dimethylamino group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])N(*)C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 2
- ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N diphenyl Chemical compound C1=CC=CC=C1C1=CC=CC=C1 ZUOUZKKEUPVFJK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 238000001035 drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 210000005069 ears Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 239000003480 eluent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940124645 emergency medicine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000839 emulsion Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229940088598 enzyme Drugs 0.000 description 2
- YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N eosin Chemical compound [Na+].OC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C1=C2C=C(Br)C(=O)C(Br)=C2OC2=C(Br)C(O)=C(Br)C=C21 YQGOJNYOYNNSMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 210000000981 epithelium Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 238000011049 filling Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000012530 fluid Substances 0.000 description 2
- 238000004108 freeze drying Methods 0.000 description 2
- 238000007710 freezing Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000008014 freezing Effects 0.000 description 2
- 150000002284 fumagillol derivatives Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 150000002270 gangliosides Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 210000001126 granulation tissue Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 125000001475 halogen functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 125000005842 heteroatom Chemical group 0.000 description 2
- 238000004128 high performance liquid chromatography Methods 0.000 description 2
- 108010003425 hyaluronan-mediated motility receptor Proteins 0.000 description 2
- 125000002887 hydroxy group Chemical group [H]O* 0.000 description 2
- 230000002163 immunogen Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000338 in vitro Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000002757 inflammatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000005764 inhibitory process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229910052740 iodine Inorganic materials 0.000 description 2
- FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N isomaltotriose Chemical compound O[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@@H]1OC[C@@H]1[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@@H](OC[C@@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)C=O)O1 FZWBNHMXJMCXLU-BLAUPYHCSA-N 0.000 description 2
- QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N isophthalic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)C1=CC=CC(C(O)=O)=C1 QQVIHTHCMHWDBS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 229940039717 lanolin Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 235000019388 lanolin Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 238000002350 laparotomy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000000670 limiting effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 229960005015 local anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000012528 membrane Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000002496 methyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 2
- 238000000386 microscopy Methods 0.000 description 2
- 229950006780 n-acetylglucosamine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 210000005036 nerve Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 229940053128 nerve growth factor Drugs 0.000 description 2
- 239000000346 nonvolatile oil Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229920001542 oligosaccharide Polymers 0.000 description 2
- 125000005740 oxycarbonyl group Chemical group [*:1]OC([*:2])=O 0.000 description 2
- 239000012188 paraffin wax Substances 0.000 description 2
- 125000001997 phenyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(*)C([H])=C1[H] 0.000 description 2
- 230000010399 physical interaction Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000013310 pig model Methods 0.000 description 2
- 239000000843 powder Substances 0.000 description 2
- 239000000047 product Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000035755 proliferation Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000000425 proton nuclear magnetic resonance spectrum Methods 0.000 description 2
- 230000001105 regulatory effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000004044 response Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000000523 sample Substances 0.000 description 2
- 229960003600 silver sulfadiazine Drugs 0.000 description 2
- UEJSSZHHYBHCEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N silver(1+) sulfadiazinate Chemical compound [Ag+].C1=CC(N)=CC=C1S(=O)(=O)[N-]C1=NC=CC=N1 UEJSSZHHYBHCEL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000003595 spectral effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 235000000346 sugar Nutrition 0.000 description 2
- 150000008163 sugars Chemical class 0.000 description 2
- 230000004083 survival effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 230000009885 systemic effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- IMCGHZIGRANKHV-AJNGGQMLSA-N tert-butyl (3s,5s)-2-oxo-5-[(2s,4s)-5-oxo-4-propan-2-yloxolan-2-yl]-3-propan-2-ylpyrrolidine-1-carboxylate Chemical compound O1C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)C[C@H]1[C@H]1N(C(=O)OC(C)(C)C)C(=O)[C@H](C(C)C)C1 IMCGHZIGRANKHV-AJNGGQMLSA-N 0.000 description 2
- ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N theophylline Chemical compound O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=C1NC=N2 ZFXYFBGIUFBOJW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 239000002562 thickening agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000008467 tissue growth Effects 0.000 description 2
- 239000003204 tranquilizing agent Substances 0.000 description 2
- 230000002936 tranquilizing effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N trans-butenedioic acid Natural products OC(=O)C=CC(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000008733 trauma Effects 0.000 description 2
- 210000005166 vasculature Anatomy 0.000 description 2
- 230000000007 visual effect Effects 0.000 description 2
- 238000005303 weighing Methods 0.000 description 2
- WCDDVEOXEIYWFB-VXORFPGASA-N (2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-3-[(2s,3r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-2-yl]oxy-4,5,6-trihydroxyoxane-2-carboxylic acid Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@@H]1C[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O[C@H]1O[C@@H]1[C@@H](C(O)=O)O[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H]1O WCDDVEOXEIYWFB-VXORFPGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-(3,4-dimethoxyphenyl)-5-hydroxy-7-methoxychromen-4-one Chemical compound C=1C(OC)=CC(O)=C(C(C=2)=O)C=1OC=2C1=CC=C(OC)C(OC)=C1 HIXDQWDOVZUNNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SPCKHVPPRJWQRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-benzhydryloxy-n,n-dimethylethanamine;2-hydroxypropane-1,2,3-tricarboxylic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CC(O)(C(O)=O)CC(O)=O.C=1C=CC=CC=1C(OCCN(C)C)C1=CC=CC=C1 SPCKHVPPRJWQRZ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CVOFKRWYWCSDMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 2-chloro-n-(2,6-diethylphenyl)-n-(methoxymethyl)acetamide;2,6-dinitro-n,n-dipropyl-4-(trifluoromethyl)aniline Chemical compound CCC1=CC=CC(CC)=C1N(COC)C(=O)CCl.CCCN(CCC)C1=C([N+]([O-])=O)C=C(C(F)(F)F)C=C1[N+]([O-])=O CVOFKRWYWCSDMA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000000094 2-phenylethyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003903 2-propenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 7553-56-2 Chemical compound [I] ZCYVEMRRCGMTRW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 102000007469 Actins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010085238 Actins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100036601 Aggrecan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010067219 Aggrecans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010088751 Albumins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000009027 Albumins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 244000144927 Aloe barbadensis Species 0.000 description 1
- 235000002961 Aloe barbadensis Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- WLDHEUZGFKACJH-ZRUFZDNISA-K Amaranth Chemical compound [Na+].[Na+].[Na+].C12=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C=C2C=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C(O)=C1\N=N\C1=CC=C(S([O-])(=O)=O)C2=CC=CC=C12 WLDHEUZGFKACJH-ZRUFZDNISA-K 0.000 description 1
- QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O Ammonium Chemical compound [NH4+] QGZKDVFQNNGYKY-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 108010017551 Angiostatic Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004550 Angiostatic Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 101710132601 Capsid protein Proteins 0.000 description 1
- KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N Carbamic acid Chemical group NC(O)=O KXDHJXZQYSOELW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000004215 Carbon black (E152) Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002567 Chondroitin Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 108010059480 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000005598 Chondroitin Sulfate Proteoglycans Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010044213 Class 5 Receptor-Like Protein Tyrosine Phosphatases Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 101000904177 Clupea pallasii Gonadoliberin-1 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000004127 Cytokines Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000695 Cytokines Proteins 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N D-Glucitol Natural products OC[C@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-FSIIMWSLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N D-glucitol Chemical compound OC[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)CO FBPFZTCFMRRESA-JGWLITMVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N Dodecane Natural products CCCCCCCCCCCC SNRUBQQJIBEYMU-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000002965 ELISA Methods 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N Elaidinsaeure-aethylester Natural products CCCCCCCCC=CCCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010079505 Endostatins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000010834 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108010037362 Extracellular Matrix Proteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Glutaraldehyde Chemical group O=CCCCC=O SXRSQZLOMIGNAQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000000579 Gonadotropin-Releasing Hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012981 Hank's balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010019909 Hernia Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241001272567 Hominoidea Species 0.000 description 1
- 108010013214 Hyaluronan Receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000018866 Hyaluronan Receptors Human genes 0.000 description 1
- HHZQLQREDATOBM-CODXZCKSSA-M Hydrocortisone Sodium Succinate Chemical compound [Na+].O=C1CC[C@]2(C)[C@H]3[C@@H](O)C[C@](C)([C@@](CC4)(O)C(=O)COC(=O)CCC([O-])=O)[C@@H]4[C@@H]3CCC2=C1 HHZQLQREDATOBM-CODXZCKSSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 206010062016 Immunosuppression Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000034693 Laceration Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010000817 Leuprolide Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 201000005505 Measles Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 108010090054 Membrane Glycoproteins Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102000012750 Membrane Glycoproteins Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 206010062575 Muscle contracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 240000001307 Myosotis scorpioides Species 0.000 description 1
- PLBUWHASLDUDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-(hydroxyamino)sulfanylhydroxylamine Chemical compound ONSNO PLBUWHASLDUDOA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N N-Acetyl-D-Galactosamine Chemical compound CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@H](O)[C@@H]1O OVRNDRQMDRJTHS-CBQIKETKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N N-Hydroxysuccinimide Chemical compound ON1C(=O)CCC1=O NQTADLQHYWFPDB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 108010021717 Nafarelin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 108010043296 Neurocan Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 102100030466 Neurocan core protein Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108700020796 Oncogene Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 229910019142 PO4 Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 206010033372 Pain and discomfort Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000282579 Pan Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010034133 Pathogen resistance Diseases 0.000 description 1
- QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M Pentobarbital sodium Chemical compound [Na+].CCCC(C)C1(CC)C(=O)NC(=O)[N-]C1=O QGMRQYFBGABWDR-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- 208000000474 Poliomyelitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000002202 Polyethylene glycol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000288906 Primates Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010037742 Rabies Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 241000700159 Rattus Species 0.000 description 1
- 102100028508 Receptor-type tyrosine-protein phosphatase zeta Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 241000219061 Rheum Species 0.000 description 1
- 206010040047 Sepsis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 206010040844 Skin exfoliation Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229920002385 Sodium hyaluronate Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 101000857870 Squalus acanthias Gonadoliberin Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 206010043376 Tetanus Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 102000056172 Transforming growth factor beta-3 Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108090000097 Transforming growth factor beta-3 Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000007983 Tris buffer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000010521 absorption reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001133 acceleration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000738 acetamido group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C(=O)N([H])[*] 0.000 description 1
- DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N acetic acid;2,3,4,5,6-pentahydroxyhexanal;sodium Chemical compound [Na].CC(O)=O.OCC(O)C(O)C(O)C(O)C=O DPXJVFZANSGRMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000003522 acrylic cement Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004480 active ingredient Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011149 active material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002867 adherens junction Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002411 adverse Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013019 agitation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000007605 air drying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001476 alcoholic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N aldehydo-D-glucuronic acid Chemical compound O=C[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O)C(O)=O IAJILQKETJEXLJ-QTBDOELSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 125000003342 alkenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000003545 alkoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000011399 aloe vera Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229940108720 amaranth dye Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000001408 amides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000001413 amino acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- PECIYKGSSMCNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N aminophylline Chemical compound NCCN.O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=NC=N[C]21.O=C1N(C)C(=O)N(C)C2=NC=N[C]21 PECIYKGSSMCNHN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940035676 analgesics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940035674 anesthetics Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000004037 angiogenesis inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000003587 angiostatic protein Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000129 anionic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920006318 anionic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000001772 anti-angiogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125681 anticonvulsant agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940125715 antihistaminic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003963 antioxidant agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000006708 antioxidants Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000000164 antipsychotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125716 antipyretic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124575 antispasmodic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008365 aqueous carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000001204 arachidyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 210000000784 arm bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000004429 atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003190 augmentative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003855 balanced salt solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000003287 bathing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002511 behenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- IKWQWOFXRCUIFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N benzene-1,2-dicarbohydrazide Chemical compound NNC(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1C(=O)NN IKWQWOFXRCUIFT-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 235000019445 benzyl alcohol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000001797 benzyl group Chemical group [H]C1=C([H])C([H])=C(C([H])=C1[H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 229940033687 beuthanasia Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000560 biocompatible material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004071 biological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008827 biological function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940088623 biologically active substance Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229920001222 biopolymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004305 biphenyl Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000010290 biphenyl Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 210000004369 blood Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008280 blood Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000009835 boiling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000008468 bone growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124630 bronchodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000000168 bronchodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000007853 buffer solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000008366 buffered solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004369 butenyl group Chemical group C(=CCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000000484 butyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I calcium;potassium;disodium;(2s)-2-hydroxypropanoate;dichloride;dihydroxide;hydrate Chemical compound O.[OH-].[OH-].[Na+].[Na+].[Cl-].[Cl-].[K+].[Ca+2].C[C@H](O)C([O-])=O BPKIGYQJPYCAOW-FFJTTWKXSA-I 0.000 description 1
- 235000011089 carbon dioxide Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000002915 carbonyl group Chemical group [*:2]C([*:1])=O 0.000 description 1
- 210000000845 cartilage Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000015556 catabolic process Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002091 cationic group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000009087 cell motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004663 cell proliferation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000005859 cell recognition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000036755 cellular response Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000001913 cellulose Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920002678 cellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000003576 central nervous system agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940125693 central nervous system agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000002738 chelating agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003636 chemical group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000007810 chemical reaction solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002131 composite material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000008602 contraction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000006111 contracture Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000013068 control sample Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000012059 conventional drug carrier Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002596 correlated effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006071 cream Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000001896 cresols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003431 cross linking reagent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000753 cycloalkyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000001995 cyclobutyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000582 cycloheptyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000000640 cyclooctyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])(*)C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000001559 cyclopropyl group Chemical group [H]C1([H])C([H])([H])C1([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000004292 cytoskeleton Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000003493 decenyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000003247 decreasing effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002704 decyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000006731 degradation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000008367 deionised water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910021641 deionized water Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000000412 dendrimer Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229920000736 dendritic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000008021 deposition Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001212 derivatisation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 150000001991 dicarboxylic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 238000009792 diffusion process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003085 diluting agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 150000002009 diols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229940042399 direct acting antivirals protease inhibitors Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 201000010099 disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 208000037265 diseases, disorders, signs and symptoms Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 238000010494 dissociation reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000005593 dissociations Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009826 distribution Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000005066 dodecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000003438 dodecyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 210000003717 douglas' pouch Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000006196 drop Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940126534 drug product Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000005489 elastic deformation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000003792 electrolyte Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000013020 embryo development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002889 endothelial cell Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000005516 engineering process Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000007515 enzymatic degradation Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000003700 epoxy group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 230000003628 erosive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000002148 esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000001495 ethyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N ethyl oleate Chemical compound CCCCCCCC\C=C/CCCCCCCC(=O)OCC LVGKNOAMLMIIKO-QXMHVHEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229940093471 ethyl oleate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000001747 exhibiting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000002744 extracellular matrix Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000001605 fetal effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003176 fibrotic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 235000013305 food Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000001530 fumaric acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000524 functional group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000007306 functionalization reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002541 furyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000001879 gelation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003193 general anesthetic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011521 glass Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229940097043 glucuronic acid Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 235000011187 glycerol Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 150000002314 glycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000002337 glycosamines Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N gold Chemical compound [Au] PCHJSUWPFVWCPO-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000010931 gold Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052737 gold Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N gonadorelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)NCC(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCNC(N)=N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 XLXSAKCOAKORKW-AQJXLSMYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 210000000224 granular leucocyte Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003306 harvesting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000036541 health Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000023597 hemostasis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000755 henicosyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 208000006454 hepatitis Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000283 hepatitis Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 125000003187 heptyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000006038 hexenyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000004051 hexyl group Chemical group [H]C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])* 0.000 description 1
- 238000010562 histological examination Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940014041 hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000036571 hydration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000006703 hydration reaction Methods 0.000 description 1
- BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N hydridophosphorus(.) (triplet) Chemical group [PH] BHEPBYXIRTUNPN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229930195733 hydrocarbon Natural products 0.000 description 1
- 150000002430 hydrocarbons Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 229950006240 hydrocortisone succinate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000002433 hydrophilic molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004356 hydroxy functional group Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 108010021426 hylan gel Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 239000003326 hypnotic agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000036737 immune function Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000003018 immunoassay Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000001506 immunosuppresive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002513 implantation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000010348 incorporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011261 inert gas Substances 0.000 description 1
- 206010022000 influenza Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 239000003112 inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000002347 injection Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000007924 injection Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000003834 intracellular effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004068 intracellular signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000001990 intravenous administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011630 iodine Substances 0.000 description 1
- 229910052742 iron Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 125000000468 ketone group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N ketoprofen Chemical compound OC(=O)C(C)C1=CC=CC(C(=O)C=2C=CC=CC=2)=C1 DKYWVDODHFEZIM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000991 ketoprofen Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 230000002045 lasting effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002139 lathyrogenic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001930 leg bone Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N leuprolide Chemical compound CCNC(=O)[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)[C@H](CCCNC(N)=N)NC(=O)[C@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](CC(C)C)NC(=O)[C@@H](NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1N=CNC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)CC1=CC=C(O)C=C1 GFIJNRVAKGFPGQ-LIJARHBVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960004338 leuprorelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000002463 lignoceryl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000007788 liquid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000006210 lotion Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N maleic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)\C=C/C(O)=O VZCYOOQTPOCHFL-UPHRSURJSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000011976 maleic acid Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000007726 management method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000003550 marker Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000004379 membrane Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000002503 metabolic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229910052751 metal Inorganic materials 0.000 description 1
- 239000002184 metal Substances 0.000 description 1
- 244000005700 microbiome Species 0.000 description 1
- 210000003632 microfilament Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000005012 migration Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000013508 migration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011259 mixed solution Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000001823 molecular biology technique Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000004899 motility Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000029744 multiple organ dysfunction syndrome Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 229940035363 muscle relaxants Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 210000000651 myofibroblast Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- RWHUEXWOYVBUCI-ITQXDASVSA-N nafarelin Chemical compound C([C@@H](C(=O)N[C@H](CC=1C=C2C=CC=CC2=CC=1)C(=O)N[C@@H](CC(C)C)C(=O)N[C@@H](CCCN=C(N)N)C(=O)N1[C@@H](CCC1)C(=O)NCC(N)=O)NC(=O)[C@H](CO)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1C2=CC=CC=C2NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H](CC=1NC=NC=1)NC(=O)[C@H]1NC(=O)CC1)C1=CC=C(O)C=C1 RWHUEXWOYVBUCI-ITQXDASVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960002333 nafarelin Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 125000001624 naphthyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000003887 narcotic antagonist Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000003928 nasal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 229920005615 natural polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000014399 negative regulation of angiogenesis Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001640 nerve ending Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 125000000449 nitro group Chemical group [O-][N+](*)=O 0.000 description 1
- 125000004433 nitrogen atom Chemical group N* 0.000 description 1
- QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N nitrogen group Chemical group [N] QJGQUHMNIGDVPM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N nonanedioic acid Chemical compound OC(=O)CCCCCCCC(O)=O BDJRBEYXGGNYIS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 239000012457 nonaqueous media Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000005187 nonenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 231100000252 nontoxic Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000003000 nontoxic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001400 nonyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000037311 normal skin Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000001331 nose Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 102000039446 nucleic acids Human genes 0.000 description 1
- 108020004707 nucleic acids Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 150000007523 nucleic acids Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000002773 nucleotide Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000003729 nucleotide group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 235000015097 nutrients Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 235000016709 nutrition Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 125000005064 octadecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000004365 octenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000002347 octyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000002674 ointment Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004006 olive oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000008390 olive oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 238000001543 one-way ANOVA Methods 0.000 description 1
- 210000000056 organ Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 150000002895 organic esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 239000003960 organic solvent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000004430 oxygen atom Chemical group O* 0.000 description 1
- 230000036407 pain Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010422 painting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000002460 pentacosyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000002255 pentenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 125000001147 pentyl group Chemical group C(CCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- 239000000813 peptide hormone Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000137 peptide hydrolase inhibitor Substances 0.000 description 1
- KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N periodic acid Chemical compound OI(=O)(=O)=O KHIWWQKSHDUIBK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000000737 periodic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 208000028169 periodontal disease Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 210000003200 peritoneal cavity Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 239000008177 pharmaceutical agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000000825 pharmaceutical preparation Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000000144 pharmacologic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K phosphate Chemical compound [O-]P([O-])([O-])=O NBIIXXVUZAFLBC-UHFFFAOYSA-K 0.000 description 1
- 239000010452 phosphate Substances 0.000 description 1
- XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O phosphonium Chemical compound [PH4+] XYFCBTPGUUZFHI-UHFFFAOYSA-O 0.000 description 1
- 150000003014 phosphoric acid esters Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N phosphorous acid Chemical compound OP(O)O OJMIONKXNSYLSR-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000001766 physiological effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229920000647 polyepoxide Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920005862 polyol Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 150000003077 polyols Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 229920001184 polypeptide Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229920002635 polyurethane Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 239000004814 polyurethane Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000011148 porous material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000002243 precursor Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002062 proliferating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002035 prolonged effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000001436 propyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000004076 pyridyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 125000000168 pyrrolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 108020003175 receptors Proteins 0.000 description 1
- 230000009467 reduction Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000002829 reductive effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000008521 reorganization Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000011160 research Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000029058 respiratory gaseous exchange Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000004043 responsiveness Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000000717 retained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000002390 rotary evaporation Methods 0.000 description 1
- 201000005404 rubella Diseases 0.000 description 1
- WHALSQRTWNBBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N s-aminosulfanylthiohydroxylamine Chemical compound NSSN WHALSQRTWNBBCV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000005070 sampling Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920006395 saturated elastomer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 238000004626 scanning electron microscopy Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229940125723 sedative agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000008159 sesame oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000011803 sesame oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 230000011664 signaling Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000006128 skin development Effects 0.000 description 1
- 150000003384 small molecules Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 235000019812 sodium carboxymethyl cellulose Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 229920001027 sodium carboxymethylcellulose Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 229940010747 sodium hyaluronate Drugs 0.000 description 1
- JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M sodium periodate Chemical compound [Na+].[O-]I(=O)(=O)=O JQWHASGSAFIOCM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N sodium;(2s,3s,4s,5r,6r)-6-[(2s,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2-[(2s,3s,4r,5r,6r)-6-[(2r,3r,4r,5s,6r)-3-acetamido-2,5-dihydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-2-carboxy-4,5-dihydroxyoxan-3-yl]oxy-5-hydroxy-6-(hydroxymethyl)oxan-4-yl]oxy-3,4,5-trihydroxyoxane-2- Chemical compound [Na+].CC(=O)N[C@H]1[C@H](O)O[C@H](CO)[C@@H](O)[C@@H]1O[C@H]1[C@H](O)[C@@H](O)[C@H](O[C@H]2[C@@H]([C@@H](O[C@H]3[C@@H]([C@@H](O)[C@H](O)[C@H](O3)C(O)=O)O)[C@H](O)[C@@H](CO)O2)NC(C)=O)[C@@H](C(O)=O)O1 YWIVKILSMZOHHF-QJZPQSOGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 238000000807 solvent casting Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000600 sorbitol Substances 0.000 description 1
- 241000894007 species Species 0.000 description 1
- 239000007921 spray Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000005507 spraying Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000004079 stearyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 239000008223 sterile water Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000004936 stimulating effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000000446 sulfanediyl group Chemical group *S* 0.000 description 1
- PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N sulfanyl Chemical class [SH] PXQLVRUNWNTZOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 150000003457 sulfones Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 150000003462 sulfoxides Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000004434 sulfur atom Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 239000000829 suppository Substances 0.000 description 1
- 239000004094 surface-active agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 238000011477 surgical intervention Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000002459 sustained effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000010189 synthetic method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 229920001059 synthetic polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 230000009897 systematic effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N tetrafluoroethene Chemical group FC(F)=C(F)F BFKJFAAPBSQJPD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 229960000278 theophylline Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 229940124597 therapeutic agent Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 238000002560 therapeutic procedure Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000002076 thermal analysis method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 125000001544 thienyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L thimerosal Chemical compound [Na+].CC[Hg]SC1=CC=CC=C1C([O-])=O RTKIYNMVFMVABJ-UHFFFAOYSA-L 0.000 description 1
- 125000003944 tolyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
- 238000011200 topical administration Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000000699 topical effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940125725 tranquilizer Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 150000003626 triacylglycerols Chemical class 0.000 description 1
- 125000002469 tricosyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 125000005040 tridecenyl group Chemical group C(=CCCCCCCCCCCC)* 0.000 description 1
- LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N tris Chemical compound OCC(N)(CO)CO LENZDBCJOHFCAS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- 230000004614 tumor growth Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007306 turnover Effects 0.000 description 1
- 125000002948 undecyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])C([H])([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 230000002792 vascular Effects 0.000 description 1
- 229940124549 vasodilator Drugs 0.000 description 1
- 239000003071 vasodilator agent Substances 0.000 description 1
- 235000015112 vegetable and seed oil Nutrition 0.000 description 1
- 239000008158 vegetable oil Substances 0.000 description 1
- 125000000391 vinyl group Chemical group [H]C([*])=C([H])[H] 0.000 description 1
- 229920002554 vinyl polymer Polymers 0.000 description 1
- 125000005023 xylyl group Chemical group 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G65/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G65/02—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from cyclic ethers by opening of the heterocyclic ring
- C08G65/32—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment
- C08G65/329—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds
- C08G65/336—Polymers modified by chemical after-treatment with organic compounds containing silicon
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K47/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by the non-active ingredients used, e.g. carriers or inert additives; Targeting or modifying agents chemically bound to the active ingredient
- A61K47/30—Macromolecular organic or inorganic compounds, e.g. inorganic polyphosphates
- A61K47/36—Polysaccharides; Derivatives thereof, e.g. gums, starch, alginate, dextrin, hyaluronic acid, chitosan, inulin, agar or pectin
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K9/00—Medicinal preparations characterised by special physical form
- A61K9/0012—Galenical forms characterised by the site of application
- A61K9/0014—Skin, i.e. galenical aspects of topical compositions
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B11/00—Preparation of cellulose ethers
- C08B11/20—Post-etherification treatments of chemical or physical type, e.g. mixed etherification in two steps, including purification
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B15/00—Preparation of other cellulose derivatives or modified cellulose, e.g. complexes
- C08B15/005—Crosslinking of cellulose derivatives
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
- C08B37/0006—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid
- C08B37/0045—Homoglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having a main chain consisting of one single sugar, e.g. colominic acid alpha-D-Galacturonans, e.g. methyl ester of (alpha-1,4)-linked D-galacturonic acid units, i.e. pectin, or hydrolysis product of methyl ester of alpha-1,4-linked D-galacturonic acid units, i.e. pectinic acid; Derivatives thereof
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
- C08B37/006—Heteroglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having more than one sugar residue in the main chain in either alternating or less regular sequence; Gellans; Succinoglycans; Arabinogalactans; Tragacanth or gum tragacanth or traganth from Astragalus; Gum Karaya from Sterculia urens; Gum Ghatti from Anogeissus latifolia; Derivatives thereof
- C08B37/0063—Glycosaminoglycans or mucopolysaccharides, e.g. keratan sulfate; Derivatives thereof, e.g. fucoidan
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08B—POLYSACCHARIDES; DERIVATIVES THEREOF
- C08B37/00—Preparation of polysaccharides not provided for in groups C08B1/00 - C08B35/00; Derivatives thereof
- C08B37/006—Heteroglycans, i.e. polysaccharides having more than one sugar residue in the main chain in either alternating or less regular sequence; Gellans; Succinoglycans; Arabinogalactans; Tragacanth or gum tragacanth or traganth from Astragalus; Gum Karaya from Sterculia urens; Gum Ghatti from Anogeissus latifolia; Derivatives thereof
- C08B37/0063—Glycosaminoglycans or mucopolysaccharides, e.g. keratan sulfate; Derivatives thereof, e.g. fucoidan
- C08B37/0072—Hyaluronic acid, i.e. HA or hyaluronan; Derivatives thereof, e.g. crosslinked hyaluronic acid (hylan) or hyaluronates
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C08—ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
- C08G—MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS OBTAINED OTHERWISE THAN BY REACTIONS ONLY INVOLVING UNSATURATED CARBON-TO-CARBON BONDS
- C08G65/00—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule
- C08G65/002—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from unsaturated compounds
- C08G65/005—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from unsaturated compounds containing halogens
- C08G65/007—Macromolecular compounds obtained by reactions forming an ether link in the main chain of the macromolecule from unsaturated compounds containing halogens containing fluorine
Definitions
- This invention relates generally to hydrogel films and methods of making and using them.
- Glycosaminoglycans are a class of biocompatible polymers.
- hyaluronic acid which is a member of the GAG family, is a naturally-occurring biopolymer composed of repeating disaccharide units of N- acetyl-D-glucosamine (GlcNAc) D-glucuronic acid (GlcUA) found in the extracellular matrix of all higher animals.
- Hyaluronic acid (HA) is a GAG.
- HA and GAGs please see for example Laurent et al., 18 Acta Chem Scand 21 (1964), Yui et al, 22 /. Controlled Rel.
- Hydrogel films have received attention as drug delivery vehicles due to their compatibility with most tissues and ability to manipulate their permeability in response to different solutes. All of the existing technologies present difficulties, however, because the alkaline conditions or high temperatures necessary to create hydrogel films with high mechanical strength are cumbersome and harsh. Additionally, many reactions employ an excess of small molecular crosslinking reagents which then require considerable purification in order to obtain material suitable for physiological use. The present invention addresses these problems.
- HA forms highly viscous aqueous solutions, and it takes on an expanded random coil structure due to strong hydrogen bonding.
- the coiled structure allows it to trap approximately 1000 times its weight in water.
- HA has unique physiochemical properties as well as distinctive biological functions. These functions, relationships, and interactions are discussed for example in Laurent, T. C, Laurent, U. B. G., and Fraser, J. R. E. (1995) Functions of hyaluronan. Ann Rheum Dis 54, 429-432; Fraser, J. R. E., Laurent, T. C, and Laurent, U. B. G. (1997) Hyaluronan: Its nature, distribution, functions and turnover. J Intern Med 242, 27- 33; Dowthwaite, G.
- CS chondroitin sulfate
- GalNAc N-acetyl- galactosamine
- CS is usually found bound to a core protein forming a proteoglycan, e.g. aggrecan or versican.
- Aggregan is the primary proteoglycan in cartilage, and its primary function is to swell and hydrate the collagen fibril framework.
- Versican is believed to play a role in intracellular signaling, cell recognition, and connecting ECM components to cell surface glycoproteins.
- CS proteoglycans like neurocan and phosphacan play important roles in axon growth and pathfinding.
- Wound healing is a complex and orderly sequence of events that involves a variety of cell-types and subcellular signals. Prompt wound repair is vital for patient recovery. It has been thought that GAG and HA may have a role in wound repair (Kearney, J. Wound healing. In Principles and Practice of Burns Management; J. A. D. Settle, Ed.; Churchill Livingstone: New York, 1996; pp 187-195 and Margolis, R. U., and Margolis, R. K. (1997) Chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans as mediators of axon growth and pathfinding. Cell Tissue Res 290, 343-348; Clark, R. A. F. Wound repair: Overview and general considerations. In The Molecular and Cellular
- Severe bum injuries can cause extensive full-thickness skin loss and are accompanied by immunosuppression, which contributes to more than 10,000 fatalities and 100,000 hospitahzations each year.
- the survival rates for patients with burn injuries have improved dramatically in tae past two decades.
- the cited reasons for this improvement are better understanding of the resuscitation process, improved antibiotics (both systematic and topical), improved nutritional support for the hypermetabolic-catabolic effects of bum injuries, and perhaps most importantly, the recognition that early excision of devitalized tissue promotes closure of the burn wound and is the most effective method of preventing sepsis and multiple organ system failure.
- the mortality rate for patients suffering from bums covering greater than 70% body surface area remains high.
- hitergel FeHA, formerly Lubricoat
- Hylagel which is an engineered hylan gel or membrane device
- Seprafilm which is prepared by blending two anionic polymers, HA and carboxymefhylcellulose (CMC)
- CMC carboxymefhylcellulose
- GAG molecules have been chemically modified (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drag delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184; Pouyani, T., Harbison, G. S., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Novel hydrogels of hyaluronic acid: synthesis, surface morphology, and solid-state NMR. J Am Chem Soc 116, 7515-7522; and Pouyani, T., and Prestwich, G. D.
- this invention in one aspect, relates to hydrogel films and methods of making and using these films.
- Fig. 1 A shows structures of GAG and chondroitins.
- Fig. IB shows preparation of HA hydrogel film by crosslinking hyaluronic acid converted to the adipic dihydrazide derivative and then crosslinked with poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde.
- Fig. 4 shows a diagram of an in vivo pig assay.
- Fig. 5 shows a diagram of histology methods; (a) Front view of the division of one wound into four equal pieces, with the arrows indicating the edge sections for histological evaluation, (b) Side view of one piece of the wound. Dark represents the wound, while light represents the surrounding tissue.
- Fig. 6 shows a diagram of the densitometry method.
- Fig. 7 shows percent re-epithelialization of wounds treated with either an
- Fig. 8 shows a bar graph of microvessel density.
- Fig. 9 shows the total release of bFGF from an ethylene oxide sterilized HA film.
- Fig. 10 shows the total release of bFGF from an unsterilized HA film.
- Fig. 11 shows HA Oxidation of HA by Periodate (Note: these dialdehydes would be produced in multiple locations along the HA backbone, leading to a poly aldehyde species).
- Fig. 12 shows a structural depiction of an HA-ADH chain (horizontal, top) cross-linked by an HA-polyaldehyde chain.
- hydrogel film is intended to mean a macromolecular network which is capable of swelling in aqueous solution.
- an isolated or biologically pure, protein or nucleic acid molecule is a compound that has been removed from its natural milieu.
- isolated and biologically pure' do not necessarily reflect the extent to which the compound has been purified unless specific levels of purity are indicated.
- An isolated compound of the present invention can be obtained from its natural source, can be produced using molecular biology techniques or can be produced by chemical synthesis.
- a polysaccharide means one or more polysaccharides.
- Ranges may be expressed herein as from “about” one particular value, and/or to "about” another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about,” it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
- the invention relates to a hydrogel film comprising a polymer, wherein the polymer has at least one unit having the formula I
- X and Y are a polysaccharide residue
- Z, Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are, independently, hydrogen, a polysaccharyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl group, or a polyether group, wherein Z, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen.
- the invention also relates to a hydrogel film comprising a compound having the formula JJ:
- A is a glycosaminoglycan having at least one hydrazide group
- B is a dialdehyde crosslinker
- x is the number of glycosaminoglycan molecules, which is a whole number in a range of 1 to 100 molecules;
- y is the number of dialdehyde crosslinker molecules, which is a whole number in the range of 1 to 10 molecules;
- j is the number of crosslinked glycosaminoglycan-dialdehyde crosslinker- glycosaminoglycan units, which is a whole number in the range of 10 units to 100 million units.
- the invention also relates to a hydrogel film produced by the process comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
- the invention yet further provides a method for producing a hydrogel film of the invention, comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
- the invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and the hydrogel film of the invention.
- the invention provides a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising admixing a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with the hydrogel film of the invention.
- the invention relates to a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising
- step (a) reacting the modified polysaccharide in the admixture of step (a) with a polyaldehyde.
- the invention also relates to a method for improving wound healing in a mammal in need of wound healing, comprising contacting the wound of a mammal with a hydrogel film of the invention.
- the invention further provides a method for delivering at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable compound to a patient in need of such delivery, comprising contacting at least one tissue capable of receiving the pharmaceutically- acceptable compound with a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
- the invention also provides a method for purifying a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group, comprising performing a dialysis step.
- A-D a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if it each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A- E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using.
- Polysaccharides useful in the present invention should have at least one carboxylic acid group that can react with a dihydrazide to produce a modified polysaccharide.
- the synthesis of modified polysaccharides is discussed below.
- the polysaccharide is a GAG.
- a GAG is one molecule with many alternating subunits. For example, HA is (GlcNAc-GlcUA-)x.
- Other GAGs are sulfated at different sugars.
- GAGs are represented by the formula A-B- A-B-A-B, where A is a uronic acid and B is an aminosugar that is either O- or N- sulfated. Any uronic acid containing natural or synthetic polymer is included within the scope of the present invention.
- the number of disaccharide units may be any that are useful in the present invention.
- GAGs there are many different types of GAGs, having commonly understood structures, which, for example, are within the disclosed compositions, such as chondroitin sulfate, dermatan, heparan, heparin, dermatan sulfate, and heparan sulfate. Any GAG known in the art can be used in the present invention. Glycosaminoglycans can be purchased from Sigma, and many other biochemical suppliers. Alginic acid, pectin, and carboxymethylcellulose are among other carboxylic acid containing polysaccharides useful in the invention.
- Hyaluronic acid is a non-sulfated GAG.
- Hyaluronic acid is a well known, naturally occurring, water soluble polysaccharide composed of two alternatively linked sugars, D-glucuronic acid and N-acetylglucosamine.
- the polymer is hydrophilic and highly viscous in aqueous solution at relatively low solute concentrations. It often occurs naturally as the sodium salt, sodium hyaluronate. Methods of preparing commercially available hyaluronic acid and salts thereof are well known.
- Hyaluronic acid can be purchased from Clear Solutions Biotechnology, Inc. (Stonybrook, NY), Pharmacia Inc., Sigma Inc., and many other suppliers. For high molecular weight hyaluronic acid it is often in the range of 100-10,000 disaccharide units.
- modified polysaccharide refers to a polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group.
- synthesis of the modified polysaccharides will be discussed below.
- Dihydrazides that can be used to modify the polysaccharide are represented by formula UI:
- E is hydrocarbyl such as alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl or arylalkyl or E is heterohydrocarbyl, which also includes oxygen, sulfur, and/or nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms.
- the alkyl group may be branched or unbranched and contain one to 20 carbons or other carbon-sized atoms, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 4 to 8 carbons or carbon-sized heteroatoms, such as oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen.
- the alkyl group may be fully saturated or may contain one or more multiple bonds.
- the carbon atoms of the alkyl may be continuous or separated by one or more functional groups such as an oxygen atom, a keto group, an amino group, an oxycarbonyl group and the like.
- the alkyl group may be substituted with one or more aryl groups.
- the alkyl group may in whole or in part, be in form of rings such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. Any of the alkyl groups described above may have double or triple bond(s).
- any of the hydrocarbyl groups can be used as a heterocarbyl group, wherein the alkyl or aryl group contains a heteroatom such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen incorporated within the chain or ring.
- any of the carbon atoms of the alkyl group may be separated from each other or from the dihydrazide moiety with one or more groups such as carbonyl, oxycarbonyl, amino, and also oxygen and sulfur atoms singly or in a configuration such as -- S— S— , — O ⁇ CH 2 — CH 2 — O ⁇ , S— S-CH 2 ⁇ CH 2 - and NH(CH 2 ) n NH-, where n is from 1 to 20.
- Aryl substituents are typically substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, but may also be any other aryl group such as pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, thiazoyl, etc.
- An inorganic, alkyl or other aryl group including halo, hydroxy, amino, thioether, oxyether, nitro, carbonyl, etc may further substitute the aryl group.
- alkylaryl or arylalkyl groups may be a combination of alkyl and aryl groups as described above. These groups may be further substituted as described above.
- H 2 N-NH-CO-NH-E-CO-NH-NH 2 can be hydrocarbyl, heterocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl substituted heterocarbyl and the like.
- hydrocarbyl as used herein means the monovalent moiety obtained upon removal of a hydrogen atom from a parent hydrocarbon.
- hydrocarbyl are alkyl of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, undecyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, nonodecyl, eicosyl, heneicosyl, docosyl, tricosyl, tetracosyl, pentacosyl and the isomeric forms thereof; aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, tetraphenyl and the like; aralkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenpropyl, phenbutyl, phenhexyl, napthoctyl and the like;
- the hydrocarbyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, inclusive.
- substituted hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl as used herein means the hydrocarbyl or heterocarbyl moiety as previously defined wherein one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a chemical group, which does not adversely affect the desired preparation of the modified polysaccharide.
- Representative of such groups are amino, phosphino, quaternary nitrogen (ammonium), quaternary phosphorous (phosphonium), hydroxyl, amide, alkoxy, mercapto, nitro, alkyl, halo, sulfone, sulfoxide, phosphate, phosphite, carboxylate, carbamate groups and the like.
- E can be a polysaccharyl group or a polyether group.
- dicarboxylic acids include, but are not hmited to, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and aromatic dicarboxylic acids, such as terephthalic acid and isophthalic acid.
- aliphatic dihydrazides where E is an alkyl group, may have the formula IV:
- n' can be any length but is preferably from 1 to 20.
- adipic dihydrazide, suberic dihydrazide, and butandioic dihydrazide are used to prepare the modified polysaccharide.
- Adipic dihydrazide can be purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI).
- the dihydrazides are at least partially soluble in water.
- the dihydrazides are also weak bases or weak acids having a pK a for the protonated form, less than about 8, preferably in the range of 1 to 7 and most preferably 2 to 6.
- pK a is used to express the extent of dissociation or the strength of weak acids, so that, for example, the pK a of the protonated amino group of amino acids is in the range of about 12-13 in contrast to the pK a of the protonated amino groups of the dihydrazides useful herein which is less than about 7.
- the conversion of polysaccharide to the corresponding modified polysaccharides generally involves reacting the polysaccharide with a dihydrazide.
- the dihydrazide reacts with a carboxylic acid group present on the polysaccharide.
- the reaction is preferably carried out under mild conditions at a pH of about 2 to 8, preferably about 3 to 6.
- the polysaccharide is dissolved in water, which may also contain water-miscible solvents including, but not limited to, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, and hydrocarbyl alcohols, diols, or glycerols.
- the number of dihydrazide groups present on the modified polysaccharide used will vary depending upon the amounts of dihydrazide and polysaccharide used, hi one embodiment, 1% to 99%, 10% to 90%, 20% to 80%, 30% to 70%, or 40%) to 50% of the carboxylic acid groups present on the polysaccharide are converted to the dihydrazide.
- At least one molar equivalent of dihydrazide per molar equivalent of polysaccharide is added, hi other embodiments, for maximum percentage functionalization, a large molar excess of the dihydrazide (e.g., 10-100 fold) dissolved in water or aqueous-organic mixture is added and the pH of the reaction mixture is adjusted by the addition of dilute acid, e.g., HCI. A sufficient molar excess (e.g., 2 to 100 fold) of carbodiimide reagent dissolved in water, in any aqueous-organic mixture, or finely-divided in solid form is then added to the reaction mixture.
- a large molar excess of the dihydrazide e.g., 10-100 fold
- a sufficient molar excess e.g., 2 to 100 fold
- An increase in pH may be observed after the addition of the carbodiimide and additional dilute HCI or other dilute acids may be added to adjust the pH.
- the reaction is allowed to proceed at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100° C (e.g., just above freezing, 0° C, to just below boiling (100° C), preferably at or near ambient temperatures for purposes of convenience.
- the time of the reaction is from about 0.5 to about 48 hours, preferably about one to about five hours with periodic testing and adjusting of the pH until no further change in pH is observed.
- the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between a GAG and a dihydrazide compound. In one preferred embodiment, the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and hyaluronic acid (HA-ADH). In another preferred embodiment, the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and chondroitin sulfate.
- the modified polysaccharide Prior to reacting the modified polysaccharide with the polyaldehyde crosslinker, the modified polysaccharide can be further purified to enhance the crosslinking efficiency of the reaction with the polyaldehyde.
- the invention provides a method for purifying the modified polysaccharide via dialysis. A series of dialysis steps can be performed in order to increase the overall purity of the modified polysaccharide.
- the dialysis steps will vary depending upon the nature of the modified polysaccharide.
- the solvent that is used to perform the dialysis step can increase the purity of the modified polysaccharide.
- the solvent can be water, aqueous alcohol, or an aqueous salt. Any salt or alcohol known in the art is useful in this method, and will vary depending upon the modified polysaccharide.
- a method for purifying HA-ADH comprises dialyzing HA-ADH against an aqueous salt, then successively against alternating solutions of aqueous alcohol and water.
- the aqueous salt is NaCI and the alcohol is ethanol.
- the invention also contemplates the optional steps of centrifuging the solution and lyophilizing the supernatant after the dialysis steps.
- the method for preparing and purifying HA-ADH comprises the consecutive steps of: (1) dissolving hyaluronic acid in water; (2) adding adipic dihydrazide to hyaluronic acid while stirring; (3) adjusting the pH to a range of 4.5 to 5.0; (4) adding l-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)- propyl]carbodiimide in solid form; (5) maintaining a pH range of 4.5 to 5.0; (6) stopping the reaction by raising the pH to 7.0; (7) transferring the reaction mixture to dialysis tubing with a molecular weight cut-off of 3,500 that has been soaked in water at room temperature for 3-4 hours and then rinsed; (8) dialyzing against 100 mM NaCI for 60 hours; (9) dialyzing against 1:3 EtOH-H 2 O (volume/volume); (10) dialyzing against pure water; and (11) dialyzing against 1:3 EtOH-H 2 O (volume/volume) .
- a polyaldehyde crosslinker is reacted with the modified GAG to produce the hydrogel film of the invention.
- a polyaldehyde is a compound that has two or more aldehyde groups [C(O)H]. In certain embodiments the aldehyde is a dialdehyde composition.
- any compound possessing two or more aldehyde groups can be used in the present invention as the polyaldehyde crosslinker.
- the polyaldehyde can be substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl.
- the polyadlehyde can contain a polysaccharyl group or a polyether group.
- the polyaldehyde can be a dendrimer or peptide.
- a polyether dialdehyde such as poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde (PEG) is useful in the present invention.
- PEG can be purchased from many commercial sources, such as Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL).
- the polyaldehyde is glutaraldehyde.
- polyaldehydes of the invention can be prepared by the oxidation of terminal polyols or polyepoxides possessing two or more hydroxy or epoxy groups, respectively, using techniques known in the art.
- the method generally involves reacting the modified polysaccharide with the polyaldehyde crosslinker in the presence of a solvent.
- the aldehyde group of the polyaldehyde reacts with the hydrazide group of a modified polysaccharide to produce a new carbon-nitrogen double bond, which is depicted in Scheme 1.
- the second aldehyde group is then capable of reacting with the hydrazide group of a second modified polysaccharide to produce another carbon- nitrogen double bond to produce the unit depicted in Formula I.
- the modified polysaccharides can be different or the same.
- X and Y can be the same polysaccharide residue.
- X and Y can be different polysaccharide residues.
- the term "residue" is a section of pre-existing molecule that forms a portion of a new molecule.
- the polysaccharide can be depicted as X-COOH, where X is the remainder of the polysaccharide molecule.
- X-COOH reacts with a dihydrazide to produce the modified polysaccharide, X remains the same and is part of the modified polysaccharide.
- X is the residue of the original GAG (X-COOH).
- X and Y are, independently, a residue of chondroitin sulfate, dermatan, heparan, heparin, dermatan sulfate, heparan sulfate, alginic acid, pectin, or carboxymethylcellulose.
- X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid.
- the overall number of crosslinks and the number of different modified polysaccharides that are cross linked together are dependent on the number of reactive aldehyde groups in the polyaldehyde and dihydrazide groups present on the modified polysaccharide.
- 1% to 100%), 10% to 90%), 30% to 80%, or 40% to 70% of the dihydrazide groups are crosslinked with the polyaldehyde.
- hydrogel film has from 10 to 10,000,000 units having the formula I. In a preferred embodiment the hydrogel has from 10 to 10,000 units having the formula I.
- adipic dihydrazide will crosslink when it modifies the uronic acid in l%-99% of the glycosaminoglycan or 1-50%.
- the modification of the carboxylic acid containing polysaccharide such as GAG can contain 10-90% or 20-80%o or 30-70% or 40-60% or about 50% derivatization and the derivatized polysaccharide can contain greater than 10% or 20% or 30% or 40% or 50% or 60% or 70% or 80% or 90% or 99% crosshnking.
- a hyaluronic acid (HA) with 5000 disaccharide units has 5000 carboxylic acid groups available.
- a 1% modification means that there are 50 ADHs per HA molecule, 10% would be 500 ADH/HA, etc. Thus, even at low modification levels, there are some 50 sites per modified GAG molecule to form crosslinks.
- Z is a polyether.
- R 1 , R 2 , R 5 , R 6 , R 7 , and R 8 are hydrogen.
- R 3 and R 4 are (CH ) n , wherein n is from 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 4.
- X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid
- Z is a polyethylene ether
- R 1 , R 2 , R 5 , and R 6 are hydrogen
- R 3 and R 4 is (CH 2 ) .
- the hydrogel film is produced by reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide comprising the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and hyaluronic acid and (2) a poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde.
- the solvent present in the hydrogel film may be evaporated by any method known in the art such as air-drying, rotary evaporation at low pressure and/or lyophilization.
- at least 80% of the solvent contained within the hydrogel film will evaporate. More preferred is a state where at least 90% of the solvent has evaporated from the hydrogel film.
- the reaction solvent is water.
- small amounts of water miscible organic solvents such as an alcohol or DMF or DMSO, may be used as well.
- the cross-linking reaction be performed at room temperature, for example, 25 °C, but the cross-linking reaction can be performed within a range of temperatures from below 4 °C to above 90 °C but typically would be performed at between 4 °C and 60 °C, more typically between 4 °C and 50 °C, and more preferably at 4 °C or 30 or 37 degrees.
- the reaction will also work at a variety of pHs between, for example, pH from 3 tolO, or pH from 4 to 9, or pH from 5 to 8, or preferably at neutral pH.
- the hydrogel film may comprise at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
- the resulting pharmaceutical composition can provide a system for sustained, continuous delivery of drugs and other biologically-active agents to tissues adjacent to or distant from the application site.
- the biologically-active agent is capable of providing a local or systemic biological, physiological or therapeutic effect in the biological system to which it is applied.
- the agent may act to control infection or inflammation, enhance cell growth and tissue regeneration, control tumor growth, and enhance bone growth, among other functions.
- hydrogel films of the invention may contain combinations of two or more pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds. Hydrogel films which contain five or fewer pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds are preferred. More preferred are hydrogel films which contain two or fewer pharmaceutically- acceptable compounds. Hydrogel films which contain one pharmaceutically- acceptable compound are most preferred.
- a substance or metabolic precursor which is capable of promoting growth and survival of cells and tissues or augmenting the functioning of cells is useful, as for example, a nerve growth promoting substance such as a ganglioside, a nerve growth factor, and the like; a hard or soft tissue growth promoting agent such as fibronectin (FN), human growth hormone (HGH), a colony stimulating factor, bone morphogenic protein, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-derived growth factor (IGF-I, IGF-II), transforming growth factor- alpha (TGF-alpha), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), interleukin-1 (IL-1), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and keratinocyte growth factor (KGF), dried bone material, and the like; and antineoplastic agents such as methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, adriamycin, vinblastine, cisp
- hormones such as progesterone, testosterone, and follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) (birth control, fertility-enhancement), insulin, and the like; antihistamines such as diphenhydramine, and the like; cardiovascular agents such as papaverine, streptokinase and the like; anti-ulcer agents such as isopropamide iodide, and the like; bronchodilators such as metaprotemal sulfate, aminophylline, and the like; vasodilators such as theophylline, niacin, minoxidil, and the like; central nervous system agents such as tranquilizer, B- adrenergic blocking agent, dopamine, and the like; antipsychotic agents such as risperidone, narcotic antagonists such as naltrexone, naloxone, buprenorphine; and other like substances. All compounds are available from Sigma Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI).
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is a steroid.
- the pharmaceutical composition comprises a steroid and a hydrogel film comprised of the reaction product between hyaluronic acid/adipic dihydrazide (HA-ADH) and poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde.
- compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art.
- the composition is prepared by admixing a hydrogel film of the invention with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
- admixing is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction.
- admixing also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the hydrogel film and pharmaceutically-acceptable compound. Covalent bonding to reactive therapeutic drugs, e.g., those having reactive carboxyl groups, can be undertaken on the hydrogel film.
- carboxylate-containing chemicals such as anti- inflammatory drugs ibuprofen or hydrocortisone-hemisuccinate can be converted to the corresponding N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) active esters and can further react with the NH2 group of the dihydrazide-modified polysaccharide.
- NHS N-hydroxysuccinimide
- electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions can facilitate retention of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound in the modified polysaccharide.
- the hydrazido group can non-covalently interact, e.g., with carboxylic acid-containing steroids and their analogs, and anti-inflammatory drugs such as Ibuprofen (2-(4-iso-butylphenyl) propionic acid).
- the protonated hydrazido group can form salts with a wide variety of anionic materials such as proteins, heparin or dermatan sulfates, oligonucleotides, phosphate esters, and the like.
- the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is admixed with the modified polysaccharide, followed by reacting the modified polysaccharide with a polyaldehyde.
- This embodiment also covers the possibility of the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound chemically reacting or physically interacting with the modified polysaccharide.
- the actual preferred amounts of active compound in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and mammal being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g. by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, will have no problems determining dose according to standard recommendations (Physicians Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999).
- compositions of the present invention can be formulated in any excipient the biological system or entity can tolerate.
- excipients include water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions.
- Nonaqueous vehicles such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate may also be used.
- Other useful formulations include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
- Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability.
- buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosol, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol.
- Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH.
- Molecules intended for pharmaceutical delivery may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice.
- Pharmaceutical compositions may also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
- the pharmaceutical composition may be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Administration may be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally).
- Preparations for administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions.
- non-aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media.
- Parenteral vehicles if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils.
- Intravenous vehicles if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives may also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and the like.
- Formulations for topical administration may include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.
- Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
- Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the condition to be treated, but will normally be one or more doses per day, with course of treatment lasting from several days to several months or until one of ordinary skill in the art determines the delivery should cease. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates.
- the disclosed hydrogel films can be used for a variety of uses related to drug delivery, small molecule delivery, wound healing, bumhealing, and tissue regeneration.
- the disclosed compositions are useful for situations which benefit from a hydrated, pericellular environment in which assembly of other matrix components, presentation of growth and differentiation factors, cell migration, or tissue regeneration are desirable.
- the present hydrogel films and disclosed compositions can be placed directly in or on any biological system without purification as it is composed of only two biocompatible polymers.
- sites the hydrogel film may be placed include soft tissue such as muscle or fat; hard tissue such as bone; areas of tissue regeneration; a void space such as periodontal pocket; surgical incision or other formed pocket or cavity; a natural cavity such as the oral, vaginal, rectal or nasal cavities, the cul-de-sac of the eye, and the like; and other sites into or onto which the hydrogel film may be placed including a skin surface defect such as a cut, scrape or bum area.
- the present hydrogel films are biodegradeable and naturally occurring enzymes will act to degrade them over time.
- Components of the hydrogel film may be "bioabsorbable" in that the components of the hydrogel film will be broken down and absorbed within the biological system, for example, by a cell, tissue and the like. Additionally, the hydrogel films, especially hydrogel films that have not been rehydrated, may be applied to a biological system to absorb fluid from an area of interest.
- the hydrogel films of this invention may be used as a carrier for a wide variety of releasable biologically active substances having curative or therapeutic value for human or non-human animals. Many of these substances which can be carried by the hydrogel film are discussed above. Included among biologically active materials which are suitable for incorporation into the gels of the invention are therapeutic drugs, e.g., anti-inflammatory agents, anti-pyretic agents, steroidal and non-steroidal drugs for anti-inflammatory use, hormones, growth factors, contraceptive agents, antivirals, antibacterials, antifungals, analgesics, hypnotics, sedatives, tranquilizers, anti-con vulsants, muscle relaxants, local anesthetics, antispasmodics, antiulcer drugs, peptidic agonists, sympathiomimetic agents, cardiovascular agents, antitumor agents, oligonucleotides and their analogues and so forth.
- a biologically active substance is added in pharmaceutically active amounts.
- the growth factors can be a nerve growth promoting substance such as a ganglioside, a nerve growth factor, and the like; a hard or soft tissue growth promoting agent such as fibronectin (FN), human growth hormone (HGH), a colony stimulating factor, bone morphogenic protein, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-derived growth factor (IGF-I, IGF-II), transforming growth factor-alpha (TGF-alpha), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), interleukin-1 (IL-1).
- Preferred growth factors are bFGF and TGF- ⁇ .
- VEGF vascular endothelial growth factor
- KGF keratinocyte growth factor
- anti-inflammatories bearing carboxyl groups such as ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen and indomethacin.
- Other preferred biologically active substances are peptides, which are naturally occurring, non-naturally occurring or synthetic polypeptides or their isosteres, such as small peptide hormones or hormone analogues and protease inhibitors.
- spermicides, antibacterials, antivirals, antifungals and antiproliferatives such as fluorodeoxyuracil and adriamycin. These substances are all known in the art. Compounds are available from Sigma Chemical Company (St. Louis, MO).
- therapeutic drugs is intended to include those defined in the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act.
- USP United States Pharmacopeia
- NF National Formulary
- the pharmaceutically acceptable compound is selected from the group consisting of pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6 ⁇ -methyl-prednisolone, corticosterone, dexamethasone and prednisone.
- delivery of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is for a medical purpose selected from the group consisting of delivery of contraceptive agents, treating postsurgical adhesions, promoting skin growth, preventing scarring, dressing wounds, conducting viscosurgery, conducting viscosupplementation, engineering tissue.
- the rate of drug delivery depends on the hydrophobicity of the molecule being released. Hydrophobic molecules, such as dexamethazone and prednisone are released slowly from the hydrogel film as it swells in an aqueous environment, while hydrophilic molecules, such as pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6 ⁇ -methyl-prednisolone and corticosterone, are released quickly.
- hydrophilic molecules such as pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6 ⁇ -methyl-prednisolone and corticosterone.
- the ability of the hydrogel film to maintain a slow, sustained release of steroidal anti-inflammatories makes this invention extremely useful for wound healing after trauma or surgical intervention. Additionally, the hydrogel film can be used as a barrier system for enhancing cell growth and tissue
- HA and the combination of HA with VEGF can enhance the process of neovasculogenesis in in vivo applications.
- the present invention also provides methods to improve wound healing in a mammal in need of such improvement, comprising contacting a hydrogel film of the present invention with a wound of a mammal in need of wound healing improvement. Also provided are methods to deliver at least one pharmaceutically- acceptable compound to a patient in need of such delivery, comprising contacting at least one hydrogel film of the present invention with at least one tissue capable of receiving said pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
- compositions can be used for treating a wide variety of tissue defects in an animal, for example, a tissue with a void such as a periodontal pocket, a wound on the skin, a surgical incision, a bone defect, and the like.
- the hydrogel film can be applied to a defect in bone tissue such as a fracture in an arm or leg bone, a defect in a tooth, and the like.
- the hydrogel film can also function as a barrier system for guided tissue regeneration by providing a surface over which cells can grow.
- the hydrogel film provides support for new cell growth that will replace the matrix as it becomes gradually absorbed or eroded by body fluids.
- the hydrogel film may be delivered onto cells, tissues, and/or organs, for example, by injection, spraying, squirting, brushing, painting, coating, and the like. Delivery can also be via a cannula, catheter, syringe with or without a needle, pressure applicator, pump, and the like.
- the hydrogel film may be applied onto a tissue in the form of a film, for example, to provide a film dressing on the surface of the tissue, and/or to adhere to a tissue to another tissue or hydrogel film, among other applications.
- the hydrogel film may be used to treat periodontal disease, gingival tissue overlying the root of the tooth can be excised to form an envelope or pocket, and the composition delivered into the pocket and against the exposed root.
- the hydrogel film may also be delivered to a tooth defect by making an incision through the gingival tissue to expose the root, and then applying the material through the incision onto the root surface by placing, brushing, squirting, or other means.
- the hydrogel film When used to treat a defect on skin or other tissue, the hydrogel film can be placed on top of the desired area.
- the hydrogel film is malleable and can be manipulated to conform to the contours of the tissue defect.
- the hydrogel film can be applied to an implantable device such as a suture, claps, prosthesis, catheter, metal screw, bone plate, pin, a bandage such as gauze, and tae like, to enhance the compatibility and/or performance or function of an implantable device with a body tissue in an implant site.
- the hydrogel film can be used to coat the implantable device.
- the hydrogel film could be used to coat the rough surface of an implantable device to enhance the compatibility of the device by providing a biocompatable smooth surface which reduces the occurrence of abrasions from the contact of rough edges with the adjacent tissue.
- the hydrogel film can also be used to enhance the performance or function of an implantable device.
- the hydrogel film can be applied to a gauze bandage to enhance its compatibility or adhesion with the tissue to which it is applied.
- the hydrogel film can also be applied around a device such as a catheter or colostomy that is inserted through an incision into the body to help secure the catheter/colosotomy in place and or to fill tae void between the device and tissue and form a tight seal to reduce bacterial infection and loss of body fluid.
- the disclosed compositions and methods can be applied to mammals in need of tissue regeneration.
- cells may be incorporated into the hydrogel for implantation.
- Preferred mammals to which the compositions and methods apply are mouse, porcine, bovine, ovine, and primates, including apes, chimpanzees, orangatangs, and humans.
- the disclosed methods and compositions When being used in areas related to tissue regeneration such as wound or bum healing, it is not necessary that the disclosed methods and compositions eliminate the need for one or more related accepted therapies. It is understood that any decrease in the length of time for recovery or increase in the quality of the recovery obtained by the recipient of the disclosed compositions or methods has obtained some benefit. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions and methods may be used to prevent or reduce fibrotic adhesions occurring as a result of wound closure as a result of trauma, such surgery. It is also understood that collateral affects provided by the disclosed compositions and hydrogels are desirable but not required, such as improved bacterial resistance or reduced pain etc.
- compositions and methods can be easily compared to the specific examples and embodiments disclosed herein, including the non- polysaccharide based reagents discussed in the Examples. By performing such a comparison, the relative efficacy of each particular embodiment can be easily determined.
- Particularly preferred assays for the various uses are those assays which are disclosed in the Examples herein, and it is understood that these assays, while not necessarily limiting, can be performed with any of the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
- Adipic Dihydrazide and l-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)- propyl]carbodiimide(EDCI) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI) and used as received.
- Poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) was obtained from Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL) and also used as received.
- HA (6 g, 15 mmol) was dissolved in 1.2 L of water to give a 5 mg/ml solution.
- Adipic dihydrazide 110 g, 0.63 mol was then added to the solution while stirring.
- EDCI (lOg, 52 mmol) was added in solid form.
- the pH of the reaction was maintained at 4.75 by the addition of 0.1N HCI.
- the reaction was stopped by addition of 0.1 N NaOH, raising the pH of the reaction mixture to 7.0.
- Dialysis tubing (MW cutoff 3,500) was soaked in water at room temperature for 3-4 hours and then rinsed.
- the reaction mixture was transferred to the prewashed dialysis tubing and dialyzed exhaustively (60 hour against 100 NaCL) followed by dialysis against alternating solutions of 1:3 EtOH-H 2 O (v/v) and pure H 2 O. The solution was then centrifuged, and the supernatant lyophilized. The purity of the resulting HA-ADH was measured by GPC, and the degree of substitution by ADH was determined by H-NMR.
- HA-ADH was dissolved in H O at a concentration of 5 mg/ml (Solution A).
- PEG-dialdehyde was dissolved in H O at a concentration of 50 mg/ml (Solution B).
- Solutions A and B were added to a small Petri dish in appropriate ratios to give equimolar equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling.
- a hydrogel film began to form within 60 seconds. Hydrogel films were successfully produced when the crosshnking agent (PEG- diald) was used in a molar ration of 0.25, 0.5, and 1 relative to ADH. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hours to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel film. Hydrogel films were stored in an open dish overnight at 37° C to allow solvent evaporation. Evaporation of solvent from the hydrogel film provided flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. 3.
- DSC Differential Scanning Calorimeter
- the thermal analysis profiles of the dried , hydrogel film samples (with or without loading) were obtained as the temperature was increased from room temperature to 55° C at a rate of 10° C/minute under nitrogen.
- the DSC profiles show that after HA is converted into its ADH derivative, the endothermic and exothermic peak shifted, indicating an altered polymer microstmcture.
- the crosshnking of the two polymers clearly produced a new material having a microstructure different from its components.
- HA hydrogel films were gently rinsed with H 2 O and air-dried in an incubator at 37° C for 24 hours to give dried hydrogel samples. Swollen film samples were obtained by immersion of the HA hydrogel film disks in distilled H 2 O for 15 minutes, freezing quickly on dry ice, followed by lyophilization. HA hydrogel films subjected to enzymatic degradation were prepared by immersion of the films in pH 7.4 PBS buffer containing hyaluronidase (HAse) (100 U/mL) for 3 days. The films were removed from the HAse solution, rinsed gently with water and dried on PTFE surface at 37C.
- HAse hyaluronidase
- control HA hydrogel films were immersed in pH 7.4 PBS buffer without HAse at 37° C for 3 days and processed as for the enzyme- treated gels. Samples were gold-coated for conductance, and the surfaces of hydrogel films were examined with an SEM. Magnifications were at 6,000x and below.
- Amaranth and acridine orange were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI) and used as received. b Preparation of HA-PEG hydrogel films with amaranth loading
- Amaranth was loaded into the hydrogel films by an in situ polymerization method. Amaranth was dissolved in H O (10 mg/ml) and then mixed Solution A. The PEG-dialdehyde (50 mg/ml) Solution B was then added to create a hydrogel film containing the amaranth dye. The resulting hydrogel film was obtained by evaporation of solvent with amaranth-loading of 5.0% weight percentage relative to the dry macromolecular components.
- a solution absorption method was used to load acridine orange onto the HA hydrogel film.
- a HA hydrogel film was prepared and then immersed in a 1 mg/mL acridine orange/H 2 O solution for 60 seconds. The film was then washed with water, placed on a poly(tetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) surface, and dried at 37° C.
- PTFE poly(tetrafluoroethylene
- Swelling was quantified by using the cationic dye acridine orange to stain the hydrogel film in order to visualize the diameter size change during swelling under a microscope.
- the average equilibrium SW of the hydrogel film in PBS at 37 C was 7.11+/- 0.56.
- the equilibrium SW in 50 mM pH 7.0 phosphate buffer at 37 C was 7.83 +/- 1.75. No significant difference was observed among the equilibrium SW values in the different buffers, indicating the SW was largely unaffected by the changes in ionic strength.
- the HA hydrogel films swelled rapidly and reached equilibrium within 100 seconds. The rate of swelling was independent of the buffer composition.
- Hydrocortisone, dexamethasone, indomethacin, gentamycin, pilocarpine and diclofenac sodium were all obtained from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO) and used as received.
- Hydrocortisone, dexamethasone and indomethacin were all dissolved in ethanol at a concentration of 10 mg/ml.
- Pilocarpine and diclofenac sodium was dissolved in water at a concentration of 10 mg/ml.
- An aliquot of each drug was mixed with Solution A, and the in situ polymerization method was followed to form a drag-containing hydrogel film.
- Hydrogel films had drug loading of 5.0% weight percentage relative to their dry macromolecular components. All drag-loaded hydrogel films were obtained by agitating for 24 hours and dried slowly at 37° C.
- a 10 mg/mL solution was again prepared which was added dropwise with agitation after Solution A was crosslinked by Solution B for 5 minutes. The film was then continuously agitated for 24 hours while the hydrogel film solidified and a film was obtained by drying as above.
- the release rate of the drags from the HA hydrogel films was in direct correlation to the hydrophobicity of the drugs.
- the rapidly released drags demonstrated almost complete release from the hydrogel film in 10 minutes following first-order kinetics, consistent with diffusion from the gel during hydration and concomitant swelling of the hydrogel film.
- slow first-order release kinetics was observed for dexamethasone and prednisone.
- Dexamethasone showed sustained release for 1 hour and prednisone showed sustained release for almost 24 hours.
- the wound covered with a chondroitin-sulfate hydrogel film had a newly-grown epidermis layer covering the wound site and the non-regulated dermal tissue was filling in underneath the new epidermis.
- the wound covered with Biobrane® demonstrated no epidermal coverage on the surface of the wound site.
- Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) based hydrogel films were developed and evaluated for use as wound dressings.
- Hyaluronic acid (HA) and chondroitin sulfate (CS) were first converted to the adipic dihydrazide derivative (ADH) and then crosslinked with the macromolecular homobifunctional reagent poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) to give a polymer network.
- ADH adipic dihydrazide derivative
- PEG-diald macromolecular homobifunctional reagent poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde
- mice were purchased from Charles River Laboratories Wilmington, MA. Isoflurane was acquired from Abbot Laboratories North Chicago, IL. TegadermTM was obtained from 3M Health Care (St. Paul, MN). Curity® Non-Adhering Dressings and Curity® Sheer Bandages were purchased from Kendall Company (Mansfield, MA), and 9 mm Autoclips® were purchased from Becton Dickinson (Sparks, MD).
- CS-ADH was obtained using tae same procedures, except CS was dissolved in H 2 O at 25 mg/mL and 5 and 2 molar equivalents of ADH and EDCI were used respectively.
- GAG-PEG films were made as described (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184).
- GAG- ADH was dissolved in H 2 O (5 mg/mL for HA-ADH and 25 mg/mL for CS-ADH) to form Solution A.
- PEG-diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 50 mg/mL
- a wound approximately 1.0-cm in diameter, was created on the dorsal side of the mouse using curve blade surgical scissors. Both the epidermal and dermal layers were removed, creating a full thickness wound with minimal bleeding.
- individual diameters of the wound site were marked and measured using digital calipers and averaged to determine the original wound diameter and area.
- the wound was then dressed with one of three dressings: (1) TegadermTM (control); (2) ethylene oxide sterilized HA film and TegadermTM; or (3) ethylene oxide sterilized CS film and TegadermTM.
- GAG films were cut into 13 -mm in diameter circular sheets that were rehydrated with sterile normal saline before use.
- the TegadermTM was cut into 2-cm square pieces, pieces large enough to cover the entire wound and the surrounding area.
- the dressed wound was then covered with a Curity® Non- Adhering Dressing, bandaged with a Curity® Sheer Bandage, sealed with two 9 mm Autoclips®, and allowed to heal.
- the surgery was repeated multiple times to give a sample size of six mice per treatment per time point (described below).
- the mouse On day 3, 5, 7, or 10 post-surgery, the mouse was anesthetized with isoflurane and sacrificed by cervical dislocation. The four wound diameters were measured again to determine the new wound area. The wound site was excised, and the tissue was processed for histological evaluation. Any wound that had been exposed to air, because the mouse had chewed off its bandage, was not used for analysis. The wound size measurements taken at the time of surgery and at the time of biopsy were used to calculate the percent wound contraction, using equation 1.
- Histological endpoints included a quantitative measurement of the percent re-epithelialization, a qualitative measurement of the inflammatory response, and the presence of new vasculature.
- the un-epithelialized wound diameter was measured using an eyepiece micrometer. This measurement, together with the original wound diameter was used in equation 2 to determine the percent re-epithelialization.
- the average of all six sections from each wound site was calculated and determined to be the average of the percent re-epithelialization for that wound.
- the inflammatory response was graded on a qualitative scale from 0-3 (0- no sign of inflammation, 1-minimal inflammation, 2-moderate inflammation, and 3- strong presence of inflammatory cells).
- Wound contraction is a healing process whereby the edges of the wound pull inwards to reduce the overall wound area.
- wound fibroblasts begin to assume a myofibroblast phenotype characterized by large bundles of actin containing microfilaments and the establishment of cell-cell and cell-matrix linkages (Clark, R. A. F. Wound repair: Overview and general considerations. In The Molecular and Cellular Biology of Wound Repair; R. A. F. Clark, Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 1996; pp 3-50).
- the fibroblasts link to extracellular fibronectin and collagen and to each other through adherens junctions.
- These cell-cell, cell-matrix, and matrix-matrix links provide a network through which the traction of the fibroblasts can be transmitted across tae wound, thereby pulling the wound edges inward.
- Re-epithelialization is the process through which new cutaneous tissue covers the wound defect. This process requires the uninjured keratinocytes along the wound edges to migrate laterally to cover the wound bed.
- Both wound contraction (Fang, C.-H., Robb, E. C, Yu, G.-S., Alexander, J. W., and Warden, G. D. (1990) Observations on stability and contraction of composite skin grafts: Xenodermis or allodermis with an isograft overlay. Journal of Bum Care and Rehabilitation 11, 538-542; Joseph, H. L., Roisen, F. J., Anderson, G. L., Barker, J. H., Weiner, L. J., and Tobin, G. R.
- Figures 2 and 3 show the results for both wound contraction and re- epithelialization, respectively. No significant difference in wound contraction was observed between either of the two assay groups (HA film or CS film treated wounds) and the control group (TegadermTM only) for any time point. On the other hand by day 5, wounds treated with CS film had significantly (p ⁇ 0.001) more epithelial tissue taan the controls. Additionally by day 7 post-surgery, wounds treated with either GAG film hand significantly more (p ⁇ 0.05) epithelial coverage.
- mice of new Response completely blood re- vessels Dermis Muscle epithelialized (+/-)
- Table 1 Histological evaluation of wounds for all three assay groups at all time points. Inflammatory response: (+++) strong, (++) moderate, (+) minimal, (-) none Comments: (a) little dermal regeneration, (b) film integrating into wound, (c) moderate dermal rengeration, (d) visual signs of dermal collagen organization
- TegadermTM only treated wounds had no wound exudate, little dermal regeneration, and inflammatory response.
- the TegadermTM dressing adhered to the wound bed, and removal resulted in the loss of tissue at the wound site. Therefore, all TegadermTM only dressing wounds were histologically processed with tae TegadermTM still in place.
- An ideal wound dressing has many attributes. It should protect the wound from bacterial infection, control evaporative water loss and prevent dehydration, control permeability of oxygen and carbon dioxide, absorb wound exudate, and enhance the healing. Additionally, it should be composed of materials that are nontoxic, non-immunogenic, flexible, durable, and comfortable when worn.
- the films described herein have significant advantages to the previously studied materials. They are hydrophilic and absorb wound exudate. They can be used immediately and do not require weeks of preparation.
- the HA and CS films are biodegradable and non-immunogenic, and they can be used with an occlusive dressing to prevent infection. Additionally, the HA hydrogel films describe here have been shown to possess sustained release capabilities (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184) that may prove useful for delivering therapeutic agents at wound sites.
- TegadermTM consists of a thin polyurethane membrane coated with a layer of an acrylic adhesive.
- the dressing which is permeable to both water vapor and oxygen, is impermeable to microorganisms.
- TegadermTM is used in the treatment of minor bums, pressure areas, donor sites, post-operative wounds, and a variety of minor injuries including abrasions, and lacerations.
- mice Female pigs were purchased from Arnold's Hog Supply (Lehi, Ut). TegadermTM and VetWrap were obtained from 3M Animal Care Products (St. Paul, MN). Skin markers were purchased from DeRoyal (Powell, TN). Betasept® was acquired from Purdue Frederick (Norwalk, CT). Lap Sponges were obtained from Medical Action Industries (Ashville, NC). AutoSutureTM skin staples were purchased form United States Surgical Corporation (Norwalk, CT).
- HA-ADH was made using slightly modified methods from those previously reported (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184).
- 20 g of HA was dissolved in 2.5 L H 2 O by vortexing at 150 rpm at 37°C. After 3 hrs, the solution was moved to a mechanical stirrer and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 0.6-0.7 through the addition of concentrated HCI. The mixture was allowed to stir for an additional 24 hrs.
- HA-ADH LMWHA solution was then used to prepare HA-ADH. 10 molar equivalents of ADH, and 2 molar equivalents of EDCI were added in solid form, while maintaining the pH at 4.75, with the addition of 1.0 N HCI. Raising the pH of reaction mixture to 7.0 stopped the reaction, and the reaction mixture was dialyzed thoroughly. The solution was then centrifuged, and the supernatant was lyophilized. The purity of HA-ADH was measured by GPC, and the degree of substitution by ADH was determined by 1 H-NMR. CS-ADH was obtained using the same procedures, except no adjustments were made to its molecular weight, it was dissolved in H O at 25 mg/mL, and 5 and 2 molar equivalents of ADH and EDCI were used respectively.
- the mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel.
- Hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation.
- the resulting film was then cut into 5 x 5 cm 2 pieces. Each piece was sterilized with ethylene oxide gas and stored separately at room temperature until use.
- the wound healing characteristics of the GAG films were evaluated using a pig model ( Figure 4). All assays were completed with the approval of the University of Utah's Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. To begin, a female pig, weighing approximately 40 kg was anesthetized with TKX (1-2 cc/50 kg) and Atropine (0.12-0.15 mg/kg) and intubated. The surgical area was shaved with an electric razor and prepped with iodine solution. Additional anesthesia (1-2% isoflurane), heart rate, and respiration were monitored with a surgical anesthesia machine.
- a skin marker was used to outline the location of the 8 5 x 5 cm 2 desired surgical sites on the dorsal side of the pig.
- 4 sites were located on each side of the pig with two wounds located medially and two laterally.
- each intended site was lubricated with BetaseptTM, and a partial thickness wound was inflicted with a Padgett Electro-Dermatome from Padgett Instruments Kansas City, MO, creating wounds that were approximately 5 x 5 x 0.03 cm 3 . After haemostasis was reached, the exact wound dimensions were measured and the wounds were dressed.
- the four wounds on one half of the pig were dressed with a GAG film plus TegadermTM, while the other half were dressed with TegadermTM alone. All dressed wounds were then covered with 4 Lap Sponges, wrapped with VetrapTM and a surgical stocking, and secured with skin staples. The surgery was repeated multiple times to give a sample size of three pigs per treatment per time point (described below).
- the pig On day 3, 5, or 7 post-surgery, the pig was anesthetized with TKX (1-2 cc/50 kg) and Atropine (0.12-0.15 mg/kg) and sacrificed with Beuthanasia (20 cc). Each wound was excised in its entirety and analyzed histologically.
- the inflammatory response was graded on a qualitative scale from 0-3 (0- no sign of inflammation, 1-minimal inflammation, 2-moderate inflammation, and 3- strong presence of inflammatory cells).
- Dermal regeneration was determined using computer densitometry. For each tissue section, the density of dermal collagen (stained blue from the Masson's Trichrome stain) peripheral to the wound bed determined. Next, the density of new collagen in the wound bed was determined, and the ratio of densities was calculated and correlated to dermal regeneration (Figure 6).
- the GAG- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, which produced a bis- hydrazone functionality as the covalent crosslink.
- the hydrogel began to form within 5 minutes after mixing of the GAG- ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs. to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film.
- the GAG- ADH films used in these investigations were 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 0.5:1).
- GAG-PEG hydrogel films were made as described (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and
- the mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel.
- Hydrogels were stored in an open dish overnight at 37°C to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film.
- human skin was also tested.
- the tissue was thawed and cut into 50 mm x 7 mm sized samples.
- Human epidermis samples were tested using the 2-lb. load and a crosshead speed of 0.8 in/min.
- Example 9 Microvasculature growth stimulated by HA hydrogels
- HA-ADH hydrogels were formed by cross-linking with PEG-dialdehyde (As discussed in Example 2), then dried to a film form by sitting at 37 °C for 24 hours. All steps were carried out under clean conditions. Three cases of films were formed:
- 5mm x 5mm square samples were cut from the films and surgically implanted in a small pocket that was formed in a mouse ear immediately beneath its skin. These implants contained 1.0 mg of cross-linked HA, and the VEGF cases also contained 50ng of VEGF. Along with the animals receiving implants, a sham surgery was also performed in which a pocket was formed, but no implant was placed in it. Three animals were treated for each case.
- the animals were sacrificed and both the implanted and contralateral ears were retrieved.
- the ears were fixed in formalin, sectioned for microscopy and stained with hematoxylin and eosin.
- bFGF basic Fibroblast Growth Factor
- Solution A The bFGF solution was then mixed into Solution A.
- 40.07 mg of PEG- diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 25 mg/mL to form Solution B. Both solutions were cooled to 4°C, added to a 3.5 cm in diameter petri dish, and mixed with gentle vortexing.
- a hydrogel formed within 5 minutes. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. The hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. The resulting film was cut into 1-cm in diameter disks and stored separately. One half of the disks also received ethylene oxide gas sterilization.
- a HA/bFGF disk was placed in a small glass vial. 1 ml of 100 U/ml of HAse in PBS was then added to the vial. The container was then placed on an orbital platform at 37°C and incubated. Periodically, the bathing solution was recovered and replaced with new solution. The recovered solution was stored at - 80°C until analyzed. The amount of bFGF in the collected solutions was quantified using the Quantikine® immunoassay by R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN) and the methods described there in. (3) Preparation of GAG film with TGF- ⁇
- TGF- ⁇ Human recombinant transforming growth factor beta 3
- TGF- ⁇ Human recombinant transforming growth factor beta 3
- 1.5 ng of TGF- ⁇ was resuspended as directed in sterile 4 mM HCI with 0.1 % BSA.
- 109.5 mg of GAG-ADH was dissolved in H2O at 25 mg/mL to form Solution A.
- the TGF- ⁇ solution was then mixed into Solution A.
- a desired amount of PEG-diald (approximately 124 mg for either a HA or CS film) was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of PEG-diald
- Solution B 25 mg/mL to form Solution B. Both solutions were cooled to 4°C, added to a 6 cm in diameter petri dish, and mixed with gentle vortexing. A hydrogel formed within 5 minutes. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. The hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. The resulting film was cut into 1 x 2 cm 2 pieces, sterilized with ethylene oxide gas and stored separately.
- TGF- ⁇ The release of TGF- ⁇ was observed using an in vivo mouse model.
- a 2-cm midline laparotomy was created on a balb/c mouse. The incision was then closed with three sutures spaced 1-cm apart.
- a GAG-film with TGF- ⁇ or a GAG-film without TGF- ⁇ was placed over the wound. The skin incision was closed with running sutures. All films were swollen with normal saline before use.
- An additional control group consisted of laparotomies covered with no film at all. There were a total of 6 mice per group. After a week, the wounds were exposed and evaluated. Defect in lengths in between sutures were measured and histological samples were taken for evaluation. b) Results
- LMWHA- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, thereby physically trapping the bFGF in the hydrogel.
- the hydrogel began to form within 5 minutes after mixing of the HA-ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film.
- the HA-ADH films used in these investigations were 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 1:1 and 0.5:1).
- TGF- ⁇ The release of TGF- ⁇ was observed using an in vivo mouse model. Gross evaluation of the wounds indicated that those films that released TGF- ⁇ , had considerably less defects than those not releasing the growth factor. Additionally, those receiving no film at all had the largest defects; some exhibiting hernias. All the films used in this Example were sterilized with ethylene oxide gas, yet the TGF- ⁇ was still active. This confirms the earlier results suggesting that gas sterilization can be used to sterilize GAG-ADH films with growth factors.
- HA- ADH was dissolved in H 2 O at a concentration of 5 mg/mL (Solution A).
- Oxidized HA was dissolved in H 2 O at a concentration of 10 mg/mL (Solution B).
- Volumes of Solutions A and B were added to a small Petri dish to give various molar equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities, and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling.
- a hydrogel began to form within 60 sec. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel.
- Hydrogels were stored in an open dish overnight at 37 °C to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. Hydrogel films were successfully obtained with the molar ratio of aldehyde/hydrazide equal to 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, or 1.0. Similar oxidation will occur with other polysaccharides, e.g. dextran, pectin, cellulose etc. The oxidized polysaccharides could be used as crosslinkers to prepare HA hydrogels. See Figures 11 and 12.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Biochemistry (AREA)
- Materials Engineering (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Molecular Biology (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Inorganic Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Polysaccharides And Polysaccharide Derivatives (AREA)
- Peptides Or Proteins (AREA)
- Materials For Medical Uses (AREA)
- Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
The present invention provides improved hydrogel films useful for therapeutic treatments. The invention also provides materials and methods for modification and polymerization of polysaccharides into hydrogel films, which swell after exposure to a neutral aqueous solution. The methods may include modification of a polysaccharide having at least one carboxylic acid group into a polysaccharide dihydrazide derivative, which is then crosslinked with a polyaldehyde to create a hydrogel film. The invention also relates pharmaceutical compositions composed of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and a hydrogel film of the invention. The invention also relates to using the hydrogel films and pharmaceutical compositions of the invention.
Description
HYDROGEL FILMS AND METHODS OF MAKING AND USING
THEREFOR
I. ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
This invention was made with government support under Grant N0:1R01DC04336 awarded by the NTH. The government has certain rights in the invention.
II. CROSS REFERENCE TO RELATEDAPPLICATIONS
This application claims priority to United States Provisional Application No. 60/218,725 filed July 17, 2000 entitled "Hydrogel Films and Methods of Use Therefor," which application is hereby incorporated by this reference in its entirety.
III. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
This invention relates generally to hydrogel films and methods of making and using them.
IV. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Glycosaminoglycans (GAGs) are a class of biocompatible polymers. For example, hyaluronic acid (HA), which is a member of the GAG family, is a naturally-occurring biopolymer composed of repeating disaccharide units of N- acetyl-D-glucosamine (GlcNAc) D-glucuronic acid (GlcUA) found in the extracellular matrix of all higher animals. Hyaluronic acid (HA) is a GAG. For a discussions of HA and GAGs please see for example Laurent et al., 18 Acta Chem Scand 21 (1964), Yui et al, 22 /. Controlled Rel. 105 (1992), Tomihata and
Ikada, 18 Biomaterials 189 (1997), Shah and Barnett, 480 ACS Symposium Series 116 (1991), Larsen et al., In Cosmetic and Pharmaceutical Applications of Polymers CG. Gebelein, Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 147 (1991), Kuo et al, 2 Bioconjugates Chem 232 (1991), Pouyani et al, 116 J Am Chem Soc 7515 (1994), Vercruysse et al., 8 Bioconjugate Chem 686 (1997), U.S. Patent Numbers 4,582,865, 4,713,448, 5,616, 568, 5, 652,347, and 5,874,417, European Patent Application
0216453 which are herein incorporated by reference at least for their material related to GAGs and HA.
Hydrogel films have received attention as drug delivery vehicles due to their compatibility with most tissues and ability to manipulate their permeability in response to different solutes. All of the existing technologies present difficulties, however, because the alkaline conditions or high temperatures necessary to create hydrogel films with high mechanical strength are cumbersome and harsh. Additionally, many reactions employ an excess of small molecular crosslinking reagents which then require considerable purification in order to obtain material suitable for physiological use. The present invention addresses these problems.
HA forms highly viscous aqueous solutions, and it takes on an expanded random coil structure due to strong hydrogen bonding. The coiled structure allows it to trap approximately 1000 times its weight in water. HA has unique physiochemical properties as well as distinctive biological functions. These functions, relationships, and interactions are discussed for example in Laurent, T. C, Laurent, U. B. G., and Fraser, J. R. E. (1995) Functions of hyaluronan. Ann Rheum Dis 54, 429-432; Fraser, J. R. E., Laurent, T. C, and Laurent, U. B. G. (1997) Hyaluronan: Its nature, distribution, functions and turnover. J Intern Med 242, 27- 33; Dowthwaite, G. P., Edwards, J. C. W., and Pitsillides, A. A. (1998) An essential role for the interaction between hyaluronan and hyaluronan binding proteins during joint development. J Histochem Cytochem 46, 641-651; Collis, L., Hall, C, Lange, L., Ziebell, M. R., Prestwich, G. D., and Turley, E. A. (1998) Rapid hyaluronan
uptake is associated with enhanced motility: implications for an intracellular mode of action. FEBS Lett. 440, 444-449; Hardwick, C, Hoare, K., Owens, R., Hohn, H. P., Hook, M., Moore, D., Cripps, V., Austen, L., Nance, D. M., and Turley, E. A. (1992) Molecular cloning of a novel hyaluronan receptor that mediates tumor cell motility. J. Cell Biol. 117, 1343-1350; Entwistle, J., Hall, C. L., and Turley, E. A. (1996) Receptors: regulators of signalling to the cytoskeleton. J Cell Biochem 61, 569-577; and Cheung, W. F., Cruz, T. F., and Turley, E. A. (1999) Receptor for hyaluronan-mediated motility (RHAMM), a hyaladherin that regulates cell responses to growth factors. Biochem. Soc. Trans. 27, 135-142; Toole, B. P. (1997) Hyaluronan in morphogenesis. J Intern Med 242, 35-40; and Kim et al, 9 Pharm Res 283, (1992), which are herein incorporated by reference at least for their material related to GAGs and HA and their function and properties.
Another member of the GAG family is chondroitin sulfate (CS). CS is comprised of alternating units of β-l,3-linked glucuronic acid and (β-1,4) N-acetyl- galactosamine (GalNAc) and is sulfated on the 4- or 6- position of the GalNAc residues. CS is usually found bound to a core protein forming a proteoglycan, e.g. aggrecan or versican. Aggregan is the primary proteoglycan in cartilage, and its primary function is to swell and hydrate the collagen fibril framework. Versican is believed to play a role in intracellular signaling, cell recognition, and connecting ECM components to cell surface glycoproteins. Additionally, CS proteoglycans like neurocan and phosphacan play important roles in axon growth and pathfinding.
Wound healing is a complex and orderly sequence of events that involves a variety of cell-types and subcellular signals. Prompt wound repair is vital for patient recovery. It has been thought that GAG and HA may have a role in wound repair (Kearney, J. Wound healing. In Principles and Practice of Burns Management; J. A. D. Settle, Ed.; Churchill Livingstone: New York, 1996; pp 187-195 and Margolis, R. U., and Margolis, R. K. (1997) Chondroitin sulfate proteoglycans as mediators of axon growth and pathfinding. Cell Tissue Res 290, 343-348; Clark, R. A. F. Wound
repair: Overview and general considerations. In The Molecular and Cellular
Biology of Wound Repair; R. A. F. Clark, Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 1996; pp 3-50; Iocono, J. A., Krummel, T. M., Keefer, K. A., Allison, G. M., and Paul, H. (1998) Repeated additions of hyaluronan alters granulation tissue deposition in sponge implants in mice. Wound Repair and Regeneration 6, 442-448; and Sorrell, J. M., Carrino, D. A., Baber, M. A., and Caplan, A. I. (1999) Versican in human fetal skin development. Anat. Embryol. 45-56. which are herein incorporated by reference at least for their material related to wound healing and GAG and HA.)
Severe bum injuries can cause extensive full-thickness skin loss and are accompanied by immunosuppression, which contributes to more than 10,000 fatalities and 100,000 hospitahzations each year. The survival rates for patients with burn injuries have improved dramatically in tae past two decades. The cited reasons for this improvement are better understanding of the resuscitation process, improved antibiotics (both systematic and topical), improved nutritional support for the hypermetabolic-catabolic effects of bum injuries, and perhaps most importantly, the recognition that early excision of devitalized tissue promotes closure of the burn wound and is the most effective method of preventing sepsis and multiple organ system failure. Despite these advantages, the mortality rate for patients suffering from bums covering greater than 70% body surface area remains high.
Effective treatment of these injuries would be to ultimately replace the damaged skin by wound closure with stable tissue while restoring normal immune function. At present, autografting remains the most effective method of obtaining suitable permanent wound coverage in thermal injury. Although effective, skin graft donor sites are extremely painful procedures. Bum patients often state that donor sites are more painful than the graft, because functioning nerve endings are left exposed. Further, donor sites are one of the largest factors associated with burn- injury recovery. Often donor sites need to be harvested multiple times to sufficiently cover the original burn site. Time to recovery is dependent upon the re-
epithelialization and healing of the donor sites. Therefore, decreasing the time associated with re-epithelialization and healing of the donor sites will minimize the extended pain and discomfort associated with the practice. Additionally, expediting the healing of each donor site will allow for rapid re-harvesting, allowing the patient to return to normal life activities more quickly.
Prevention of postsurgical adhesion: hitergel (FeHA, formerly Lubricoat) which is a formulation of HA electrostatically crosslinked with trivalent iron, Hylagel which is an engineered hylan gel or membrane device, and Seprafilm which is prepared by blending two anionic polymers, HA and carboxymefhylcellulose (CMC) have been developed as a physical barrier for prevention of post-surgical adhesions, (see for example, diZerega GS. Development and clinical evaluation of INTERGEL adhesion prevention solutions for the reduction of adhesions following peritoneal cavity surgery. In: New Frontiers in Medical Sciences: Redefining Hyaluronan. Abbazia di Praglia, Padua, Italy: 1999 and Bums JW, Burgess L, Skinner K, Rose R, Colt MJ, Diamond MP. A hyaluronate based gel for the prevention of postsurgical adhesions: Evaluation in two animal species. Fertil Steril, 1996; 66:814-821 which are herein incorporated by reference for material related to post surgical adhesion.)
Recently, GAG molecules have been chemically modified (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drag delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184; Pouyani, T., Harbison, G. S., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Novel hydrogels of hyaluronic acid: synthesis, surface morphology, and solid-state NMR. J Am Chem Soc 116, 7515-7522; and Pouyani, T., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Functionalized derivatives of hyaluronic acid oligosaccharides - drug carriers and novel biomaterials. Bioconjugate Chemistry 5, 339-347 which are herein incorporated by reference in their entireties at least for material related to chemically modified GAGs and HA.).
V. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
In accordance with the purpose(s) of this invention, as embodied and broadly described herein, this invention, in one aspect, relates to hydrogel films and methods of making and using these films.
Additional advantages of the invention will be set forth in part in the description which follows, and in part will be obvious from the description, or may be learned by practice of the invention. The advantages of the invention will be realized and attained by means of the elements and combinations particularly pointed out in the appended claims. It is to be understood that both the foregoing general description and the following detailed description are exemplary and explanatory only and are not restrictive of the invention, as claimed.
VI. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
The accompanying drawings, which are incorporated in and constitute a part of this specification, illustrate different embodiments of the invention and together with the description, serve to explain the principles of the invention.
Fig. 1 A shows structures of GAG and chondroitins.
Fig. IB shows preparation of HA hydrogel film by crosslinking hyaluronic acid converted to the adipic dihydrazide derivative and then crosslinked with poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde.
Fig. 2 shows percent wound contraction for the in vivo wound healing assays. Results are shown for the two assay groups, HA film plus Tegaderm™ and CS film plus Tegaderm™, and the control group, Tegaderm™ only, (mean ± s.d, n=6).
Fig. 3 shows percent wound re-epithelialization for in vivo wound healing
assays. Results are shown for the two assay groups, HA film plus Tegaderm™ and CS film plus Tegaderm™, and the control group, Tegaderm™ only, (mean ± s.d, n=6). (*) Significant at p<0.001 vs. Tegaderm™ only and (#) significant at p<0.05 vs. Tegaderm™ only.
Fig. 4 shows a diagram of an in vivo pig assay.
Fig. 5 shows a diagram of histology methods; (a) Front view of the division of one wound into four equal pieces, with the arrows indicating the edge sections for histological evaluation, (b) Side view of one piece of the wound. Dark represents the wound, while light represents the surrounding tissue.
Fig. 6 shows a diagram of the densitometry method.
Fig. 7 shows percent re-epithelialization of wounds treated with either an
HA film+Tegaderm™ or Tegaderm™ alone on days 3 and 7 post surgery. (*) Significant at p<0.05 vs. Tegaderm only.
Fig. 8 shows a bar graph of microvessel density.
Fig. 9 shows the total release of bFGF from an ethylene oxide sterilized HA film.
Fig. 10 shows the total release of bFGF from an unsterilized HA film.
Fig. 11 shows HA Oxidation of HA by Periodate (Note: these dialdehydes would be produced in multiple locations along the HA backbone, leading to a poly aldehyde species).
Fig. 12 shows a structural depiction of an HA-ADH chain (horizontal, top) cross-linked by an HA-polyaldehyde chain.
VII. DETAILED DESCRIPTION
The present invention may be understood more readily by reference to the following detailed description of preferred embodiments of tae invention and the Examples included therein and to the Figures and their previous and following description.
Before the present compounds, compositions, and/or methods are disclosed and described, it is to be understood that this invention is not limited to specific synthetic methods, specific reagents, or to particular molecular biology or other techniques, as such may, of course, vary, unless it is otherwise indicated. It is also to be understood that the terminology used herein is for the purpose of describing particular embodiments only and is not intended to be limiting.
A. Definitions
The term "hydrogel film" is intended to mean a macromolecular network which is capable of swelling in aqueous solution.
According to the present invention, an isolated or biologically pure, protein or nucleic acid molecule is a compound that has been removed from its natural milieu. As such, "isolated" and "biologically pure' do not necessarily reflect the extent to which the compound has been purified unless specific levels of purity are indicated. An isolated compound of the present invention can be obtained from its natural source, can be produced using molecular biology techniques or can be produced by chemical synthesis.
As used in the specification and the appended claims, the singular forms "a," "an" and "the" include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to "an aromatic compound" includes mixtures of aromatic compounds, reference to "a pharmaceutical carrier" includes mixtures of
two or more such carriers, and the like. A polysaccharide means one or more polysaccharides.
Ranges may be expressed herein as from "about" one particular value, and/or to "about" another particular value. When such a range is expressed, another embodiment includes from the one particular value and/or to the other particular value. Similarly, when values are expressed as approximations, by use of the antecedent "about," it will be understood that the particular value forms another embodiment. It will be further understood that the endpoints of each of the ranges are significant both in relation to the other endpoint, and independently of the other endpoint.
In this specification and in the claims which follow, reference will be made to a number of terms which shall be defined to have the following meanings:
"Optional" or "optionally" means that the subsequently described event or circumstance may or may not occur, and that the description includes instances where said event or circumstance occurs and instances where it does not. For example, the phrase "optionally substituted lower alkyl" means that the lower alkyl group may or may not be substituted and that the description includes both unsubstituted lower alkyl and lower alkyl where there is substitution.
Reference will now be made in detail to the present preferred embodiment(s) of the invention, an example(s) of which is [are] illustrated in the accompanying drawings. Wherever possible, the same reference numbers and letters are used throughout the drawings to refer to the same or like parts.
B. Sampling of disclosed embodiments
In one embodiment, the invention relates to a hydrogel film comprising a polymer, wherein the polymer has at least one unit having the formula I
wherein
X and Y are a polysaccharide residue; and
Z, Rl, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8 are, independently, hydrogen, a polysaccharyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl group, or a polyether group, wherein Z, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen.
The invention also relates to a hydrogel film comprising a compound having the formula JJ:
[Ax-By-Ax]j π
wherein
A is a glycosaminoglycan having at least one hydrazide group;
B is a dialdehyde crosslinker;
x is the number of glycosaminoglycan molecules, which is a whole number in a range of 1 to 100 molecules;
y is the number of dialdehyde crosslinker molecules, which is a whole number in the range of 1 to 10 molecules; and
j is the number of crosslinked glycosaminoglycan-dialdehyde crosslinker- glycosaminoglycan units, which is a whole number in the range of 10 units to 100 million units.
The invention also relates to a hydrogel film produced by the process comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
The invention yet further provides a method for producing a hydrogel film of the invention, comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
The invention also provides a pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and the hydrogel film of the invention.
In another embodiment, the invention provides a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising admixing a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with the hydrogel film of the invention.
In yet another embodiment, the invention relates to a method for producing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising
(a) admixing a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group, and
reacting the modified polysaccharide in the admixture of step (a) with a polyaldehyde.
The invention also relates to a method for improving wound healing in a mammal in need of wound healing, comprising contacting the wound of a mammal
with a hydrogel film of the invention.
The invention further provides a method for delivering at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable compound to a patient in need of such delivery, comprising contacting at least one tissue capable of receiving the pharmaceutically- acceptable compound with a pharmaceutical composition of the invention.
The invention also provides a method for purifying a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group, comprising performing a dialysis step.
C. Components Used to Prepare Hydrogel Films
Disclosed are the components used to prepare the hydrogel films and the pharmaceutical compositions of the invention. These and other materials are disclosed herein, and it is understood that when combinations, subsets, interactions, groups, etc. of these materials are disclosed that while specific reference of each various individual and collective permutation of these compounds may not be explicitly disclosed, each is specifically contemplated and described herein. For example, if a number of polysaccharides are disclosed and discussed and a number of modifications that can be made to a number of molecules including polysaccharides are discussed, specifically contemplated is each and every combination and permutation of polysaccharide and the modifications that are possible unless specifically indicated to the contrary. Thus, if a class of molecules A, B, and C are disclosed as well as a class of molecules D, E, and F and an example of a combination molecule, A-D is disclosed, then even if it each is not individually recited each is individually and collectively contemplated meaning combinations, A- E, A-F, B-D, B-E, B-F, C-D, C-E, and C-F are considered disclosed. Likewise, any subset or combination of these is also disclosed. Thus, for example, the sub-group of A-E, B-F, and C-E would be considered disclosed. This concept applies to all
aspects of this application including, but not limited to, steps in methods of making and using.
1. Polysaccharides
Polysaccharides useful in the present invention should have at least one carboxylic acid group that can react with a dihydrazide to produce a modified polysaccharide. The synthesis of modified polysaccharides is discussed below. In one embodiment, the polysaccharide is a GAG. A GAG is one molecule with many alternating subunits. For example, HA is (GlcNAc-GlcUA-)x. Other GAGs are sulfated at different sugars. Generically, GAGs are represented by the formula A-B- A-B-A-B, where A is a uronic acid and B is an aminosugar that is either O- or N- sulfated. Any uronic acid containing natural or synthetic polymer is included within the scope of the present invention. The number of disaccharide units may be any that are useful in the present invention.
There are many different types of GAGs, having commonly understood structures, which, for example, are within the disclosed compositions, such as chondroitin sulfate, dermatan, heparan, heparin, dermatan sulfate, and heparan sulfate. Any GAG known in the art can be used in the present invention. Glycosaminoglycans can be purchased from Sigma, and many other biochemical suppliers. Alginic acid, pectin, and carboxymethylcellulose are among other carboxylic acid containing polysaccharides useful in the invention.
Hyaluronic acid is a non-sulfated GAG. Hyaluronic acid is a well known, naturally occurring, water soluble polysaccharide composed of two alternatively linked sugars, D-glucuronic acid and N-acetylglucosamine. The polymer is hydrophilic and highly viscous in aqueous solution at relatively low solute concentrations. It often occurs naturally as the sodium salt, sodium hyaluronate. Methods of preparing commercially available hyaluronic acid and salts thereof are
well known. Hyaluronic acid can be purchased from Clear Solutions Biotechnology, Inc. (Stonybrook, NY), Pharmacia Inc., Sigma Inc., and many other suppliers. For high molecular weight hyaluronic acid it is often in the range of 100-10,000 disaccharide units.
2. Modified Polysaccharide
The polysaccharides containing at least one carboxylic acid group can be modified with hydrazide compounds. The term "modified polysaccharide" refers to a polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group. The synthesis of the modified polysaccharides will be discussed below. Dihydrazides that can be used to modify the polysaccharide are represented by formula UI:
H2N-NH-CO-E-CO-NH-NH2 (HI)
wherein E is hydrocarbyl such as alkyl, aryl, alkylaryl or arylalkyl or E is heterohydrocarbyl, which also includes oxygen, sulfur, and/or nitrogen atoms in addition to carbon atoms. The alkyl group may be branched or unbranched and contain one to 20 carbons or other carbon-sized atoms, preferably 2 to 10, more preferably 4 to 8 carbons or carbon-sized heteroatoms, such as oxygen, sulfur or nitrogen. The alkyl group may be fully saturated or may contain one or more multiple bonds. The carbon atoms of the alkyl may be continuous or separated by one or more functional groups such as an oxygen atom, a keto group, an amino group, an oxycarbonyl group and the like. The alkyl group may be substituted with one or more aryl groups. The alkyl group may in whole or in part, be in form of rings such as cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, and the like. Any of the alkyl groups described above may have double or triple bond(s).
Any of the hydrocarbyl groups can be used as a heterocarbyl group, wherein the alkyl or aryl group contains a heteroatom such as oxygen, sulfur, or nitrogen incorporated within the chain or ring. Moreover, any of the carbon atoms of the
alkyl group may be separated from each other or from the dihydrazide moiety with one or more groups such as carbonyl, oxycarbonyl, amino, and also oxygen and sulfur atoms singly or in a configuration such as -- S— S— , — O~CH2 — CH2 — O~, S— S-CH2 ~CH2 - and NH(CH2)nNH-, where n is from 1 to 20.
Aryl substituents are typically substituted or unsubstituted phenyl, but may also be any other aryl group such as pyrrolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, pyridyl, thiazoyl, etc. An inorganic, alkyl or other aryl group including halo, hydroxy, amino, thioether, oxyether, nitro, carbonyl, etc may further substitute the aryl group.
The alkylaryl or arylalkyl groups may be a combination of alkyl and aryl groups as described above. These groups may be further substituted as described above.
E in formula π, H2 N-NH-CO-NH-E-CO-NH-NH2, can be hydrocarbyl, heterocarbyl, substituted hydrocarbyl substituted heterocarbyl and the like. The term "hydrocarbyl" as used herein means the monovalent moiety obtained upon removal of a hydrogen atom from a parent hydrocarbon. Representative of hydrocarbyl are alkyl of 1 to 20 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as methyl, ethyl, propyl, butyl, pentyl, hexyl, heptyl, octyl, nonyl, undecyl, decyl, dodecyl, octadecyl, nonodecyl, eicosyl, heneicosyl, docosyl, tricosyl, tetracosyl, pentacosyl and the isomeric forms thereof; aryl of 6 to 12 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as phenyl, tolyl, xylyl, naphthyl, biphenyl, tetraphenyl and the like; aralkyl of 7 to 12 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as benzyl, phenethyl, phenpropyl, phenbutyl, phenhexyl, napthoctyl and the like; cycloalkyl of 3 to 8 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl and the like; alkenyl of 2 to 10 carbon atoms, inclusive, such as vinyl, allyl, butenyl, pentenyl, hexenyl, octenyl, nonenyl, decenyl, undececyl, dodecenyl, tridecenyl, pentadecenyl, octadecenyl, pentacosynyl and isomeric forms thereof. Preferably, the hydrocarbyl group has 1 to 20 carbon atoms, inclusive.
The term "substituted hydrocarbyl and heterocarbyl" as used herein means the hydrocarbyl or heterocarbyl moiety as previously defined wherein one or more hydrogen atoms have been replaced with a chemical group, which does not adversely affect the desired preparation of the modified polysaccharide. Representative of such groups are amino, phosphino, quaternary nitrogen (ammonium), quaternary phosphorous (phosphonium), hydroxyl, amide, alkoxy, mercapto, nitro, alkyl, halo, sulfone, sulfoxide, phosphate, phosphite, carboxylate, carbamate groups and the like.
The invention also contemplates that E can be a polysaccharyl group or a polyether group.
Generally, to obtain dihydrazides, two hydroxy groups of a dicarboxylic acid are substituted with NH2 NH2 yielding the dihydrazide. Examples of dicarboxylic acids include, but are not hmited to, maleic acid, fumaric acid, and aromatic dicarboxylic acids, such as terephthalic acid and isophthalic acid.
In one embodiment, aliphatic dihydrazides, where E is an alkyl group, may have the formula IV:
NH2 NHCO(CH2)n. CONHNH2 (TV)
wherein n' can be any length but is preferably from 1 to 20. Aliphatic dihydrazides useful in the invention include, but are not limited to, succinic (butandioic) (n -2), adipic (hexanedioic) (n -4), suberic (octanedioic) (n'=6), oxalic (ethanedioic) (n'=0), malonic (propanedioic) (n -1), glutaric (pentanedioic) (n'=3), pimelic (heptanedioic) (n'=5), azelaic (nonanedioic) (n'=7), sebacic (decanedioic) (n-8), dodecanedioic, (n'=10), brassylic (tridecanedioic), (n'=ll), (etc. up to n'=20).
In a preferred embodiment, adipic dihydrazide, suberic dihydrazide, and butandioic dihydrazide are used to prepare the modified polysaccharide. Adipic dihydrazide can be purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI). Also
preferred are phthalic dihydrazide and dihydrazides with E containing oxa, thio, amino, disulfide (-CH2 -S-S-CH2 --), ~S(CH2)2 S-, ~O(CH2)n O- or - NH(CH2)nNH- (n=2 to 4) groups.
It is preferred that the dihydrazides are at least partially soluble in water. The dihydrazides are also weak bases or weak acids having a pKa for the protonated form, less than about 8, preferably in the range of 1 to 7 and most preferably 2 to 6.
It will be understood that the term pKa is used to express the extent of dissociation or the strength of weak acids, so that, for example, the pKa of the protonated amino group of amino acids is in the range of about 12-13 in contrast to the pKa of the protonated amino groups of the dihydrazides useful herein which is less than about 7.
The conversion of polysaccharide to the corresponding modified polysaccharides (i.e., their dihydrazide derivatives) generally involves reacting the polysaccharide with a dihydrazide. In particular, the dihydrazide reacts with a carboxylic acid group present on the polysaccharide. The reaction is preferably carried out under mild conditions at a pH of about 2 to 8, preferably about 3 to 6. In one embodiment, the polysaccharide is dissolved in water, which may also contain water-miscible solvents including, but not limited to, dimethylformamide, dimethylsulfoxide, and hydrocarbyl alcohols, diols, or glycerols.
The number of dihydrazide groups present on the modified polysaccharide used will vary depending upon the amounts of dihydrazide and polysaccharide used, hi one embodiment, 1% to 99%, 10% to 90%, 20% to 80%, 30% to 70%, or 40%) to 50% of the carboxylic acid groups present on the polysaccharide are converted to the dihydrazide. In one embodiment, at least one molar equivalent of dihydrazide per molar equivalent of polysaccharide is added, hi other embodiments, for maximum percentage functionalization, a large molar excess of the dihydrazide (e.g., 10-100 fold) dissolved in water or aqueous-organic mixture is added and the pH of the
reaction mixture is adjusted by the addition of dilute acid, e.g., HCI. A sufficient molar excess (e.g., 2 to 100 fold) of carbodiimide reagent dissolved in water, in any aqueous-organic mixture, or finely-divided in solid form is then added to the reaction mixture.
An increase in pH may be observed after the addition of the carbodiimide and additional dilute HCI or other dilute acids may be added to adjust the pH. The reaction is allowed to proceed at a temperature of about 0°C to about 100° C (e.g., just above freezing, 0° C, to just below boiling (100° C), preferably at or near ambient temperatures for purposes of convenience. The time of the reaction is from about 0.5 to about 48 hours, preferably about one to about five hours with periodic testing and adjusting of the pH until no further change in pH is observed.
Any of the polysaccharides and dihydrazide compounds discussed above can be reacted with one another to produce the modified polysaccharide. In one embodiment, the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between a GAG and a dihydrazide compound. In one preferred embodiment, the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and hyaluronic acid (HA-ADH). In another preferred embodiment, the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and chondroitin sulfate.
Prior to reacting the modified polysaccharide with the polyaldehyde crosslinker, the modified polysaccharide can be further purified to enhance the crosslinking efficiency of the reaction with the polyaldehyde. The invention provides a method for purifying the modified polysaccharide via dialysis. A series of dialysis steps can be performed in order to increase the overall purity of the modified polysaccharide.
The dialysis steps will vary depending upon the nature of the modified polysaccharide. In particular, the solvent that is used to perform the dialysis step can
increase the purity of the modified polysaccharide. For example, the solvent can be water, aqueous alcohol, or an aqueous salt. Any salt or alcohol known in the art is useful in this method, and will vary depending upon the modified polysaccharide.
In one embodiment, a method for purifying HA-ADH comprises dialyzing HA-ADH against an aqueous salt, then successively against alternating solutions of aqueous alcohol and water. In this embodiment, the aqueous salt is NaCI and the alcohol is ethanol. The invention also contemplates the optional steps of centrifuging the solution and lyophilizing the supernatant after the dialysis steps.
In a more particular embodiment, the method for preparing and purifying HA-ADH comprises the consecutive steps of: (1) dissolving hyaluronic acid in water; (2) adding adipic dihydrazide to hyaluronic acid while stirring; (3) adjusting the pH to a range of 4.5 to 5.0; (4) adding l-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)- propyl]carbodiimide in solid form; (5) maintaining a pH range of 4.5 to 5.0; (6) stopping the reaction by raising the pH to 7.0; (7) transferring the reaction mixture to dialysis tubing with a molecular weight cut-off of 3,500 that has been soaked in water at room temperature for 3-4 hours and then rinsed; (8) dialyzing against 100 mM NaCI for 60 hours; (9) dialyzing against 1:3 EtOH-H2O (volume/volume); (10) dialyzing against pure water; and (11) dialyzing against 1:3 EtOH-H2O (volume/volume) .
3. Polyaldehyde Crosslinker
In the present invention, a polyaldehyde crosslinker is reacted with the modified GAG to produce the hydrogel film of the invention. A polyaldehyde is a compound that has two or more aldehyde groups [C(O)H]. In certain embodiments the aldehyde is a dialdehyde composition.
Any compound possessing two or more aldehyde groups can be used in the present invention as the polyaldehyde crosslinker. In one embodiment, the
polyaldehyde can be substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl or substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl. In another embodiment, the polyadlehyde can contain a polysaccharyl group or a polyether group. In a further embodiment, the polyaldehyde can be a dendrimer or peptide. In the present invention, a polyether dialdehyde such as poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde (PEG) is useful in the present invention. PEG can be purchased from many commercial sources, such as Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL). In another embodiment, the polyaldehyde is glutaraldehyde.
Alternatively, polyaldehydes of the invention can be prepared by the oxidation of terminal polyols or polyepoxides possessing two or more hydroxy or epoxy groups, respectively, using techniques known in the art.
D. Methods of Making Hydrogel Films
Also provided are methods for making the hydrogel films of the invention. The method generally involves reacting the modified polysaccharide with the polyaldehyde crosslinker in the presence of a solvent. In particular, the aldehyde group of the polyaldehyde reacts with the hydrazide group of a modified polysaccharide to produce a new carbon-nitrogen double bond, which is depicted in Scheme 1. The second aldehyde group is then capable of reacting with the hydrazide group of a second modified polysaccharide to produce another carbon- nitrogen double bond to produce the unit depicted in Formula I.
SCHEME 1
In view of Scheme 1, it is possible to crosslink two or more modified polysaccharides to produce a matrix. "Crosshnking" is defined as the ability of the
polyaldehyde to react with two or more independent modified polysaccharides to produce a pore-containing matrix, wherein pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds can be physically or chemically incorporated. Although the polyaldehyde is intended to react with hydrazide groups on different modified polysaccharides, it is also possible that the polyaldehyde can react with two or more hydrazide groups present on the same modified polysaccharide.
It also evident in Scheme 1 that the modified polysaccharides can be different or the same. Thus, in one embodiment, X and Y can be the same polysaccharide residue. In another embodiment, X and Y can be different polysaccharide residues. The term "residue" is a section of pre-existing molecule that forms a portion of a new molecule. For example, the polysaccharide can be depicted as X-COOH, where X is the remainder of the polysaccharide molecule. When X-COOH reacts with a dihydrazide to produce the modified polysaccharide, X remains the same and is part of the modified polysaccharide. In other words, X is the residue of the original GAG (X-COOH). In one embodiment, X and Y are, independently, a residue of chondroitin sulfate, dermatan, heparan, heparin, dermatan sulfate, heparan sulfate, alginic acid, pectin, or carboxymethylcellulose. In another embodiment, X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid.
The overall number of crosslinks and the number of different modified polysaccharides that are cross linked together are dependent on the number of reactive aldehyde groups in the polyaldehyde and dihydrazide groups present on the modified polysaccharide. At a minimum, there is at least one crosslink (i.e., unit) having the formula I in the hydrogel films of the invention. In one embodiment, 1% to 100%), 10% to 90%), 30% to 80%, or 40% to 70% of the dihydrazide groups are crosslinked with the polyaldehyde. In one embodiment, hydrogel film has from 10 to 10,000,000 units having the formula I. In a preferred embodiment the hydrogel has from 10 to 10,000 units having the formula I.
In one embodiment, adipic dihydrazide (ADH) will crosslink when it modifies the uronic acid in l%-99% of the glycosaminoglycan or 1-50%. In general the modification of the carboxylic acid containing polysaccharide such as GAG (for example HA) can contain 10-90% or 20-80%o or 30-70% or 40-60% or about 50% derivatization and the derivatized polysaccharide can contain greater than 10% or 20% or 30% or 40% or 50% or 60% or 70% or 80% or 90% or 99% crosshnking.
For example, a hyaluronic acid (HA) with 5000 disaccharide units (normal high MW HA) has 5000 carboxylic acid groups available. A 1% modification means that there are 50 ADHs per HA molecule, 10% would be 500 ADH/HA, etc. Thus, even at low modification levels, there are some 50 sites per modified GAG molecule to form crosslinks.
Referring to Formula I, in one embodiment, Z is a polyether. In another embodiment, R1, R2, R5, R6 , R7 , and R8 are hydrogen. In another embodiment, R3 and R4 are (CH )n, wherein n is from 1 to 20, preferably 2 to 4. In a more preferred embodiment, X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid, Z is a polyethylene ether, R1, R2, R5, and R6 are hydrogen, and R3 and R4 is (CH2) . In another embodiment, the hydrogel film is produced by reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide comprising the reaction product between adipic dihydrazide and hyaluronic acid and (2) a poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde.
After the reaction between the polyaldehyde and the modified polysaccharide is complete, the solvent present in the hydrogel film may be evaporated by any method known in the art such as air-drying, rotary evaporation at low pressure and/or lyophilization. Preferably at least 80% of the solvent contained within the hydrogel film will evaporate. More preferred is a state where at least 90% of the solvent has evaporated from the hydrogel film. However, most preferred are hydrogel films in which at least 98% of the solvent has evaporated.
In one embodiment, the reaction solvent is water. In addition, small amounts
of water miscible organic solvents, such as an alcohol or DMF or DMSO, may be used as well. It is preferred that the cross-linking reaction be performed at room temperature, for example, 25 °C, but the cross-linking reaction can be performed within a range of temperatures from below 4 °C to above 90 °C but typically would be performed at between 4 °C and 60 °C, more typically between 4 °C and 50 °C, and more preferably at 4 °C or 30 or 37 degrees. The reaction will also work at a variety of pHs between, for example, pH from 3 tolO, or pH from 4 to 9, or pH from 5 to 8, or preferably at neutral pH.
E. Pharmaceutical Compositions
In one embodiment the hydrogel film may comprise at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable compound. The resulting pharmaceutical composition can provide a system for sustained, continuous delivery of drugs and other biologically-active agents to tissues adjacent to or distant from the application site. The biologically-active agent is capable of providing a local or systemic biological, physiological or therapeutic effect in the biological system to which it is applied. For example, the agent may act to control infection or inflammation, enhance cell growth and tissue regeneration, control tumor growth, and enhance bone growth, among other functions.
Additionally, hydrogel films of the invention may contain combinations of two or more pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds. Hydrogel films which contain five or fewer pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds are preferred. More preferred are hydrogel films which contain two or fewer pharmaceutically- acceptable compounds. Hydrogel films which contain one pharmaceutically- acceptable compound are most preferred.
The pharmaceutically-acceptable compounds can include substances capable of preventing an infection systemically in the biological system or locally at the
defect site, as for example, anti-inflammatory agents such as pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6°=- methyl-prednisolone, corticosterone, dexamethasone, prednisone, and the like; antibacterial agents such as penicillin, cephalosporins, bacitracin, tetracycline, doxycycline, gentamycin, chloroquine, vidarabine, and the like; analgesic agents such as salicylic acid, acetaminophen, ibuprofen, naproxen, piroxicam, flurbiprofen, morphine, and the like; local anesthetics such as cocaine, lidocaine, benzocaine, and the like; immunogens (vaccines) for stimulating antibodies against hepatitis, influenza, measles, rubella, tetanus, polio, rabies, and the like; peptides such as leuprolide acetate (an LH-RH agonist), nafarelin, and the like. All compounds are available from Sigma Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI).
Additionally, a substance or metabolic precursor which is capable of promoting growth and survival of cells and tissues or augmenting the functioning of cells is useful, as for example, a nerve growth promoting substance such as a ganglioside, a nerve growth factor, and the like; a hard or soft tissue growth promoting agent such as fibronectin (FN), human growth hormone (HGH), a colony stimulating factor, bone morphogenic protein, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-derived growth factor (IGF-I, IGF-II), transforming growth factor- alpha (TGF-alpha), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), interleukin-1 (IL-1), vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and keratinocyte growth factor (KGF), dried bone material, and the like; and antineoplastic agents such as methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, adriamycin, vinblastine, cisplatin, tumor-specific antibodies conjugated to toxins, tumor necrosis factor, and the like.
Other useful substances include hormones such as progesterone, testosterone, and follicle stimulating hormone (FSH) (birth control, fertility-enhancement), insulin, and the like; antihistamines such as diphenhydramine, and the like; cardiovascular agents such as papaverine, streptokinase and the like; anti-ulcer
agents such as isopropamide iodide, and the like; bronchodilators such as metaprotemal sulfate, aminophylline, and the like; vasodilators such as theophylline, niacin, minoxidil, and the like; central nervous system agents such as tranquilizer, B- adrenergic blocking agent, dopamine, and the like; antipsychotic agents such as risperidone, narcotic antagonists such as naltrexone, naloxone, buprenorphine; and other like substances. All compounds are available from Sigma Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI).
In a preferred embodiment, the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is a steroid. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutical composition comprises a steroid and a hydrogel film comprised of the reaction product between hyaluronic acid/adipic dihydrazide (HA-ADH) and poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde.
The pharmaceutical compositions can be prepared using techniques known in the art. In one embodiment, the composition is prepared by admixing a hydrogel film of the invention with a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound. The term "admixing" is defined as mixing the two components together so that there is no chemical reaction or physical interaction. The term "admixing" also includes the chemical reaction or physical interaction between the hydrogel film and pharmaceutically-acceptable compound. Covalent bonding to reactive therapeutic drugs, e.g., those having reactive carboxyl groups, can be undertaken on the hydrogel film. For example, first, carboxylate-containing chemicals such as anti- inflammatory drugs ibuprofen or hydrocortisone-hemisuccinate can be converted to the corresponding N-hydroxysuccinimide (NHS) active esters and can further react with the NH2 group of the dihydrazide-modified polysaccharide. Second, non- covalent entrapment of a pharmacologically active agent in cross-linked polysaccharide is also possible. Third, electrostatic or hydrophobic interactions can facilitate retention of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound in the modified polysaccharide. For example, the hydrazido group can non-covalently interact, e.g., with carboxylic acid-containing steroids and their analogs, and anti-inflammatory
drugs such as Ibuprofen (2-(4-iso-butylphenyl) propionic acid). The protonated hydrazido group can form salts with a wide variety of anionic materials such as proteins, heparin or dermatan sulfates, oligonucleotides, phosphate esters, and the like.
In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is admixed with the modified polysaccharide, followed by reacting the modified polysaccharide with a polyaldehyde. This embodiment also covers the possibility of the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound chemically reacting or physically interacting with the modified polysaccharide.
It will be appreciated that the actual preferred amounts of active compound in a specified case will vary according to the specific compound being utilized, the particular compositions formulated, the mode of application, and the particular situs and mammal being treated. Dosages for a given host can be determined using conventional considerations, e.g. by customary comparison of the differential activities of the subject compounds and of a known agent, e.g., by means of an appropriate conventional pharmacological protocol. Physicians and formulators, skilled in the art of determining doses of pharmaceutical compounds, will have no problems determining dose according to standard recommendations (Physicians Desk Reference, Barnhart Publishing (1999).
Therapeutic compositions of the present invention can be formulated in any excipient the biological system or entity can tolerate. Examples of such excipients include water, saline, Ringer's solution, dextrose solution, Hank's solution, and other aqueous physiologically balanced salt solutions. Nonaqueous vehicles, such as fixed oils, vegetable oils such as olive oil and sesame oil, triglycerides, propylene glycol, polyethylene glycol, and injectable organic esters such as ethyl oleate may also be used. Other useful formulations include suspensions containing viscosity enhancing agents, such as sodium carboxymethylcellulose, sorbitol, or dextran.
Excipients can also contain minor amounts of additives, such as substances that enhance isotonicity and chemical stability. Examples of buffers include phosphate buffer, bicarbonate buffer and Tris buffer, while examples of preservatives include thimerosol, cresols, formalin and benzyl alcohol.
Pharmaceutical carriers are known to those skilled in the art. These most typically would be standard carriers for administration to humans, including solutions such as sterile water, saline, and buffered solutions at physiological pH.
Molecules intended for pharmaceutical delivery may be formulated in a pharmaceutical composition. Pharmaceutical compositions may include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers, preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to the molecule of choice. Pharmaceutical compositions may also include one or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents, antiinflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like.
The pharmaceutical composition may be administered in a number of ways depending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on the area to be treated. Administration may be topically (including ophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally).
Preparations for administration include sterile aqueous or non-aqueous solutions, suspensions, and emulsions. Examples of non-aqueous carriers include water, alcoholic/aqueous solutions, emulsions or suspensions, including saline and buffered media. Parenteral vehicles, if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include sodium chloride solution, Ringer's dextrose, dextrose and sodium chloride, lactated Ringer's, or fixed oils. Intravenous vehicles, if needed for collateral use of the disclosed compositions and methods, include fluid and nutrient replenishers, electrolyte replenishers (such as those based on Ringer's dextrose), and the like. Preservatives and other additives may also be present such as, for example, antimicrobials, anti-oxidants, chelating agents, and inert gases and
the like.
Formulations for topical administration may include ointments, lotions, creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders. Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases, thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable.
Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the condition to be treated, but will normally be one or more doses per day, with course of treatment lasting from several days to several months or until one of ordinary skill in the art determines the delivery should cease. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimum dosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates.
F. Methods of Using
The disclosed hydrogel films can be used for a variety of uses related to drug delivery, small molecule delivery, wound healing, bumhealing, and tissue regeneration. The disclosed compositions are useful for situations which benefit from a hydrated, pericellular environment in which assembly of other matrix components, presentation of growth and differentiation factors, cell migration, or tissue regeneration are desirable.
1. Methods for delivery of substances
The present hydrogel films and disclosed compositions can be placed directly in or on any biological system without purification as it is composed of only two biocompatible polymers. Examples of sites the hydrogel film may be placed include soft tissue such as muscle or fat; hard tissue such as bone; areas of tissue regeneration; a void space such as periodontal pocket; surgical incision or other formed pocket or cavity; a natural cavity such as the oral, vaginal, rectal or nasal
cavities, the cul-de-sac of the eye, and the like; and other sites into or onto which the hydrogel film may be placed including a skin surface defect such as a cut, scrape or bum area. The present hydrogel films are biodegradeable and naturally occurring enzymes will act to degrade them over time. Components of the hydrogel film may be "bioabsorbable" in that the components of the hydrogel film will be broken down and absorbed within the biological system, for example, by a cell, tissue and the like. Additionally, the hydrogel films, especially hydrogel films that have not been rehydrated, may be applied to a biological system to absorb fluid from an area of interest.
The hydrogel films of this invention may be used as a carrier for a wide variety of releasable biologically active substances having curative or therapeutic value for human or non-human animals. Many of these substances which can be carried by the hydrogel film are discussed above. Included among biologically active materials which are suitable for incorporation into the gels of the invention are therapeutic drugs, e.g., anti-inflammatory agents, anti-pyretic agents, steroidal and non-steroidal drugs for anti-inflammatory use, hormones, growth factors, contraceptive agents, antivirals, antibacterials, antifungals, analgesics, hypnotics, sedatives, tranquilizers, anti-con vulsants, muscle relaxants, local anesthetics, antispasmodics, antiulcer drugs, peptidic agonists, sympathiomimetic agents, cardiovascular agents, antitumor agents, oligonucleotides and their analogues and so forth. A biologically active substance is added in pharmaceutically active amounts.
Preferred methods involve using the compositions and methods in conjunction with and for the delivery of growth factors and molecules related to growth factors. For example the growth factors can be a nerve growth promoting substance such as a ganglioside, a nerve growth factor, and the like; a hard or soft tissue growth promoting agent such as fibronectin (FN), human growth hormone (HGH), a colony stimulating factor, bone morphogenic protein, platelet-derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-derived growth factor (IGF-I, IGF-II), transforming
growth factor-alpha (TGF-alpha), transforming growth factor-beta (TGF-beta), epidermal growth factor (EGF), fibroblast growth factor (FGF), interleukin-1 (IL-1). Preferred growth factors are bFGF and TGF-β. Also preferred are vascular endothelial growth factor (VEGF) and keratinocyte growth factor (KGF).
Preferred are all anti-inflammatories bearing carboxyl groups such as ibuprofen, naproxen, ketoprofen and indomethacin. Other preferred biologically active substances are peptides, which are naturally occurring, non-naturally occurring or synthetic polypeptides or their isosteres, such as small peptide hormones or hormone analogues and protease inhibitors. Also preferred are spermicides, antibacterials, antivirals, antifungals and antiproliferatives such as fluorodeoxyuracil and adriamycin. These substances are all known in the art. Compounds are available from Sigma Chemical Company (St. Louis, MO).
The term therapeutic drugs is intended to include those defined in the Federal Food, Drug and Cosmetic Act. The United States Pharmacopeia (USP) and the National Formulary (NF) are the recognized standards for potency and purity for most common drug products.
In certain methods the pharmaceutically acceptable compound is selected from the group consisting of pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6∞-methyl-prednisolone, corticosterone, dexamethasone and prednisone. However, methods are also provided wherein delivery of a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is for a medical purpose selected from the group consisting of delivery of contraceptive agents, treating postsurgical adhesions, promoting skin growth, preventing scarring, dressing wounds, conducting viscosurgery, conducting viscosupplementation, engineering tissue.
The rate of drug delivery depends on the hydrophobicity of the molecule being released. Hydrophobic molecules, such as dexamethazone and prednisone are
released slowly from the hydrogel film as it swells in an aqueous environment, while hydrophilic molecules, such as pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6∞-methyl-prednisolone and corticosterone, are released quickly. The ability of the hydrogel film to maintain a slow, sustained release of steroidal anti-inflammatories makes this invention extremely useful for wound healing after trauma or surgical intervention. Additionally, the hydrogel film can be used as a barrier system for enhancing cell growth and tissue regeneration.
In certain methods the delivery of molecules or reagents related to angiogenesis and vascularization are achieved. Disclosed are methods for delivering agents, such as VEGF, that stimulate microvascularization. In one embodiment, HA and the combination of HA with VEGF can enhance the process of neovasculogenesis in in vivo applications. Also disclosed are methods for the delivery of agents that can inhibit angiogenesis and vascularization, such as those compounds and reagents useful for this purpose disclosed in but not limited to United States Patent Nos 6,174,861 for "Methods of inhibiting angiogenesis via increasing in vivo concentrations of endostatin protein;" 6,086,865 for "Methods of treating angiogenesis-induced diseases and pharmaceutical compositions thereof;" 6,024,688 for "Angiostatin fragments and method of use;" 6,017,954 for "Method of treating tumors using O-substituted fumagillol derivatives;" 5,945,403 for "Angiostatin fragments and method of use;" 5,892,069 "Estrogenic compounds as anti-mitotic agents;" for 5,885,795 for "Methods of expressing angiostatic protein;" 5,861,372 for "Aggregate angiostatin and method of use;" 5,854,221 for "Endothelial cell proliferation inhibitor and method of use;" 5,854,205 for "Therapeutic antiangiogenic compositions and methods;" 5,837,682 for "Angiostatin fragments and method of use;" 5,792,845 for "Nucleotides encoding angiostatin protein and method of use;" 5,733,876 for "Method of inhibiting angiogenesis;" 5,698,586 for "Angiogenesis inhibitory agent;" 5,661,143 for "Estrogenic compounds as anti-mitotic agents;" 5,639,725 for "Angiostatin protein;" 5,504,074
for "Estrogenic compounds as anti-angiogenic agents;" 5,290,807 for "Method for regressing angiogenesis using o-substituted fumagillol derivatives;" and 5,135,919 for "Method and a pharmaceutical composition for the inhibition of angiogenesis" which are herein incorporated by reference for the material related to molecules for angiogenesis inhibition.
2. Methods related to wound healing
The present invention also provides methods to improve wound healing in a mammal in need of such improvement, comprising contacting a hydrogel film of the present invention with a wound of a mammal in need of wound healing improvement. Also provided are methods to deliver at least one pharmaceutically- acceptable compound to a patient in need of such delivery, comprising contacting at least one hydrogel film of the present invention with at least one tissue capable of receiving said pharmaceutically-acceptable compound.
The disclosed compositions can be used for treating a wide variety of tissue defects in an animal, for example, a tissue with a void such as a periodontal pocket, a wound on the skin, a surgical incision, a bone defect, and the like. For example, the hydrogel film can be applied to a defect in bone tissue such as a fracture in an arm or leg bone, a defect in a tooth, and the like. The hydrogel film can also function as a barrier system for guided tissue regeneration by providing a surface over which cells can grow. To enhance regeneration of a hard tissue such as bone tissue, it is preferred that the hydrogel film provides support for new cell growth that will replace the matrix as it becomes gradually absorbed or eroded by body fluids.
The hydrogel film may be delivered onto cells, tissues, and/or organs, for example, by injection, spraying, squirting, brushing, painting, coating, and the like. Delivery can also be via a cannula, catheter, syringe with or without a needle, pressure applicator, pump, and the like. The hydrogel film may be applied onto a
tissue in the form of a film, for example, to provide a film dressing on the surface of the tissue, and/or to adhere to a tissue to another tissue or hydrogel film, among other applications.
The hydrogel film may be used to treat periodontal disease, gingival tissue overlying the root of the tooth can be excised to form an envelope or pocket, and the composition delivered into the pocket and against the exposed root. The hydrogel film may also be delivered to a tooth defect by making an incision through the gingival tissue to expose the root, and then applying the material through the incision onto the root surface by placing, brushing, squirting, or other means.
When used to treat a defect on skin or other tissue, the hydrogel film can be placed on top of the desired area. The hydrogel film is malleable and can be manipulated to conform to the contours of the tissue defect.
The hydrogel film can be applied to an implantable device such as a suture, claps, prosthesis, catheter, metal screw, bone plate, pin, a bandage such as gauze, and tae like, to enhance the compatibility and/or performance or function of an implantable device with a body tissue in an implant site. The hydrogel film can be used to coat the implantable device. For example, the hydrogel film could be used to coat the rough surface of an implantable device to enhance the compatibility of the device by providing a biocompatable smooth surface which reduces the occurrence of abrasions from the contact of rough edges with the adjacent tissue. The hydrogel film can also be used to enhance the performance or function of an implantable device. For example, the hydrogel film can be applied to a gauze bandage to enhance its compatibility or adhesion with the tissue to which it is applied. The hydrogel film can also be applied around a device such as a catheter or colostomy that is inserted through an incision into the body to help secure the catheter/colosotomy in place and or to fill tae void between the device and tissue and form a tight seal to reduce bacterial infection and loss of body fluid.
It is understood that the disclosed compositions and methods can be applied to mammals in need of tissue regeneration. For example, cells may be incorporated into the hydrogel for implantation. Preferred mammals to which the compositions and methods apply are mouse, porcine, bovine, ovine, and primates, including apes, chimpanzees, orangatangs, and humans.
When being used in areas related to tissue regeneration such as wound or bum healing, it is not necessary that the disclosed methods and compositions eliminate the need for one or more related accepted therapies. It is understood that any decrease in the length of time for recovery or increase in the quality of the recovery obtained by the recipient of the disclosed compositions or methods has obtained some benefit. It is also understood that the disclosed compositions and methods may be used to prevent or reduce fibrotic adhesions occurring as a result of wound closure as a result of trauma, such surgery. It is also understood that collateral affects provided by the disclosed compositions and hydrogels are desirable but not required, such as improved bacterial resistance or reduced pain etc.
It is understood that a any given particular embodiment of the disclosed compositions and methods can be easily compared to the specific examples and embodiments disclosed herein, including the non- polysaccharide based reagents discussed in the Examples. By performing such a comparison, the relative efficacy of each particular embodiment can be easily determined. Particularly preferred assays for the various uses are those assays which are disclosed in the Examples herein, and it is understood that these assays, while not necessarily limiting, can be performed with any of the compositions and methods disclosed herein.
G. Examples
The following examples are put forth so as to provide those of ordinary skill in the art with a complete disclosure and description of how the compounds,
compositions and/or methods claimed herein are made and evaluated, and are intended to be purely exemplary of the invention and are not intended to limit the scope of what the inventors regard as their invention. Efforts have been made to ensure accuracy with respect to numbers (e.g., amounts, temperature, etc.), but some errors and deviations should be accounted for. Unless indicated otherwise, parts are parts by weight, temperature is in °C or is at ambient temperature, and pressure is at or near atmospheric.
1. Example 1. Hyaluronic Acid - Adipic Dihydrazide Hydrogel film Preparation
a) Materials
Fermentation-derived hyaluronan (HA, sodium salt, Mr = 1.5 x 106) was obtained from Clear Solutions Biotechnology, Inc. (Stony Brook, New York) and used as received. Adipic Dihydrazide and l-Ethyl-3-[3-(dimethylamino)- propyl]carbodiimide(EDCI) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI) and used as received. Poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) was obtained from Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL) and also used as received.
b Preparation of HA-ADH
HA (6 g, 15 mmol) was dissolved in 1.2 L of water to give a 5 mg/ml solution. Adipic dihydrazide (110 g, 0.63 mol) was then added to the solution while stirring. Next, EDCI (lOg, 52 mmol) was added in solid form. The pH of the reaction was maintained at 4.75 by the addition of 0.1N HCI. The reaction was stopped by addition of 0.1 N NaOH, raising the pH of the reaction mixture to 7.0. Dialysis tubing (MW cutoff 3,500) was soaked in water at room temperature for 3-4 hours and then rinsed. The reaction mixture was transferred to the prewashed
dialysis tubing and dialyzed exhaustively (60 hour against 100 NaCL) followed by dialysis against alternating solutions of 1:3 EtOH-H2O (v/v) and pure H2O. The solution was then centrifuged, and the supernatant lyophilized. The purity of the resulting HA-ADH was measured by GPC, and the degree of substitution by ADH was determined by H-NMR.
2. Example 2. Purification of the HA-ADH
Crude HA-ADH was dialyzed against 100 mM NaCI for 60 hours, followed by four cycles of 25% ethanol, followed by water gave GPC-homogenous HA-ADH. Purified HA-ADH was dissolved in deionized water and the degree of substitution determined by integration of the ADH methylene signals using the N-acetyl methyl resonances (δ = 1.95-2.00 ppm) as an internal standard. The degree of substitution of ADH substitution of the HA-ADH used in this Example was 55%, based on the number of available glucoronates modified.
a) Preparation of HA-PEG Hydrogel film
HA-ADH was dissolved in H O at a concentration of 5 mg/ml (Solution A). PEG-dialdehyde was dissolved in H O at a concentration of 50 mg/ml (Solution B). Solutions A and B were added to a small Petri dish in appropriate ratios to give equimolar equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling. A hydrogel film began to form within 60 seconds. Hydrogel films were successfully produced when the crosshnking agent (PEG- diald) was used in a molar ration of 0.25, 0.5, and 1 relative to ADH. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hours to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel film. Hydrogel films were stored in an open dish overnight at 37° C to allow solvent evaporation. Evaporation of solvent from the hydrogel film provided flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film.
3. Example 3. Differential Scanning Calorimeter Analysis of Hydrogel films
a) a) Instruments
Differential Scanning Calorimeter (DSC) analysis was carried out on a Model 911 Differential Scanning Calorimeter.
b) Procedure
The thermal analysis profiles of the dried, hydrogel film samples (with or without loading) were obtained as the temperature was increased from room temperature to 55° C at a rate of 10° C/minute under nitrogen.
c Results
The DSC profiles show that after HA is converted into its ADH derivative, the endothermic and exothermic peak shifted, indicating an altered polymer microstmcture. When comparing the HA-ADH and PEG-diald, the crosshnking of the two polymers clearly produced a new material having a microstructure different from its components.
4. Example 4. Scanning Electron Microscopy
a) a) Procedure
HA hydrogel films were gently rinsed with H2O and air-dried in an incubator at 37° C for 24 hours to give dried hydrogel samples. Swollen film samples were obtained by immersion of the HA hydrogel film disks in distilled H2O for 15 minutes, freezing quickly on dry ice, followed by lyophilization. HA hydrogel films
subjected to enzymatic degradation were prepared by immersion of the films in pH 7.4 PBS buffer containing hyaluronidase (HAse) (100 U/mL) for 3 days. The films were removed from the HAse solution, rinsed gently with water and dried on PTFE surface at 37C. For comparison, control HA hydrogel films were immersed in pH 7.4 PBS buffer without HAse at 37° C for 3 days and processed as for the enzyme- treated gels. Samples were gold-coated for conductance, and the surfaces of hydrogel films were examined with an SEM. Magnifications were at 6,000x and below.
b) Results
Flat and featureless images indicate that the HA hydrogel films have a condensed stracture when dry, whereas highly-porous structures are evident in water-swollen gels. In the hydrogel bioerosion assay, the control sample of HA hydrogel immersed in enzyme-free PBS buffer for 3 days retained an intact, condensed surface stracture. In contrast, addition of 100 U/ml of HAse to the buffer produced significant surface erosion of the HA hydrogel. The surface differences of the hydrogel in buffer with or without enzyme clearly demonstrated that HAse can recognize and process the crosslinked HA and that the HA hydrogel films would be expected to be biodegradable in vivo.
5. Example 5. Hyaluronic Acid - Adipic Dihydrazide Hydrogel Preparation with Dye-Loading
a) Materials
Amaranth and acridine orange were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI) and used as received.
b Preparation of HA-PEG hydrogel films with amaranth loading
Amaranth was loaded into the hydrogel films by an in situ polymerization method. Amaranth was dissolved in H O (10 mg/ml) and then mixed Solution A. The PEG-dialdehyde (50 mg/ml) Solution B was then added to create a hydrogel film containing the amaranth dye. The resulting hydrogel film was obtained by evaporation of solvent with amaranth-loading of 5.0% weight percentage relative to the dry macromolecular components.
c) Preparation of HA-PEG Hydrogel film with acridine orange loading
A solution absorption method was used to load acridine orange onto the HA hydrogel film. A HA hydrogel film was prepared and then immersed in a 1 mg/mL acridine orange/H2O solution for 60 seconds. The film was then washed with water, placed on a poly(tetrafluoroethylene (PTFE) surface, and dried at 37° C.
d) Measurement of Equilibrium of HA Hydrogel Films:
Dried hydrogel films were initially cut into 4-mm diameter disks and stained by immersion in 1 mg/mL acridine orange H O solution for 60 seconds. The films were then washed with H2O and re-dried on a PTFE surface to give yellow HA hydrogel films. The diameters of the dried film disks (L ) were measured. The dyed dried film disks were then placed in either 50 mM phosphate buffer, pH 7.0, or in PBS buffer and allowed to equilibrate at 37° C for 24 hours. Diameters of the swollen hydrogen disks were then again measured under a microscope to determine Ls. The equilibrium swelling ratio (SW) was defined as the weight of absorbed water per weight of dried disk and was calculated using the formula SW = (Ls/Ld).
e Swelling Kinetics
Swelling was quantified by using the cationic dye acridine orange to stain the hydrogel film in order to visualize the diameter size change during swelling under a microscope. The average equilibrium SW of the hydrogel film in PBS at 37 C was 7.11+/- 0.56. The equilibrium SW in 50 mM pH 7.0 phosphate buffer at 37 C was 7.83 +/- 1.75. No significant difference was observed among the equilibrium SW values in the different buffers, indicating the SW was largely unaffected by the changes in ionic strength. The HA hydrogel films swelled rapidly and reached equilibrium within 100 seconds. The rate of swelling was independent of the buffer composition.
6. Example 6. Hyaluronic Acid Hydrogel Film
Preparation with Drug-Loading
a) Materials
Hydrocortisone, dexamethasone, indomethacin, gentamycin, pilocarpine and diclofenac sodium were all obtained from Sigma Chemical Co. (St. Louis, MO) and used as received.
b) Procedure
Hydrocortisone, dexamethasone and indomethacin were all dissolved in ethanol at a concentration of 10 mg/ml. Pilocarpine and diclofenac sodium was dissolved in water at a concentration of 10 mg/ml. An aliquot of each drug was mixed with Solution A, and the in situ polymerization method was followed to form a drag-containing hydrogel film. Hydrogel films had drug loading of 5.0% weight percentage relative to their dry macromolecular components. All drag-loaded hydrogel films were obtained by agitating for 24 hours and dried slowly at 37° C.
To prepare a hydrogel film that contained gentamycin, a 10 mg/mL solution was again prepared which was added dropwise with agitation after Solution A was crosslinked by Solution B for 5 minutes. The film was then continuously agitated for 24 hours while the hydrogel film solidified and a film was obtained by drying as above.
c Results
The release rate of the drags from the HA hydrogel films was in direct correlation to the hydrophobicity of the drugs. The hydrophobic drugs prednisone and dexamethasone demonstrated prolonged, sustained release, while the more hydrophilic drags, such as pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednisolone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6°=-methyl-prednisolone and corticosterone, demonstrated a rapid release. The rapidly released drags demonstrated almost complete release from the hydrogel film in 10 minutes following first-order kinetics, consistent with diffusion from the gel during hydration and concomitant swelling of the hydrogel film. In contrast, slow first-order release kinetics was observed for dexamethasone and prednisone. Dexamethasone showed sustained release for 1 hour and prednisone showed sustained release for almost 24 hours.
7. Example 7. Acceleration of Wound Healing
a) Mouse Model
1 cm diameter wounds were created on the back of Balb-c mice. Both the epidermal and dermal layers were removed. The wounds were then dressed with either Biobrane® (control), or ethylene oxide sterilized hyaluronic acid and chondroitin sulfate hydrogel films. Wounds were then bandaged and allowed to heal. Mice were sacrificed after five days and all wound sites excised. Tissue
samples were analyzed histologically. Each group (control, hyaluronic acid hydrogel film, chondroitin sulfate hydrogel film) contained 3 mice. The assay was repeated a total of four times.
Significant re-epithelialization occurred in the wound sites covered with either the hyaluronic acid or chondroitin sulfate hydrogel films, whereas the wound sites covered with the commercially available wound dressing material, Biobrane®, merely began to start the re-epithelialization process of wound healing. The wound covered with the hyaluronic acid hydrogel film had a significantly smaller unhealed wound area than the control group and demonstrated new, thick, several cell-layered, epidermal growth covering the wound area. Additionally, newly-grown non- regulated dermal tissue is filling in underneath the new epidermis. The wound covered with a chondroitin-sulfate hydrogel film had a newly-grown epidermis layer covering the wound site and the non-regulated dermal tissue was filling in underneath the new epidermis. In contrast, the wound covered with Biobrane® demonstrated no epidermal coverage on the surface of the wound site.
Glycosaminoglycan (GAG) based hydrogel films were developed and evaluated for use as wound dressings. Hyaluronic acid (HA) and chondroitin sulfate (CS) were first converted to the adipic dihydrazide derivative (ADH) and then crosslinked with the macromolecular homobifunctional reagent poly(ethylene glycol) propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) to give a polymer network. These biocompatible materials crosslinked and gelled in minutes. After gelation, a solvent- casting method was used to obtain a GAG hydrogel film. The wound healing aspects of these materials were evaluated in a mouse model. Full thickness wounds created on the dorsal side of a balb/c mouse and were dressed with a GAG film+Tegaderm™ or Tegaderm™ alone. Significant differences in re- epithelialization were found on days 5 (p<0.001) and 7 (p<0.05) for those wounds treated with a GAG film+Tegaderm™ versus those treated with Tegaderm™ alone. However, no difference was found for wound contraction or inflammatory response.
Additionally, wounds treated with a GAG film had more dermal collagen regeneration and organization by day 10. It is believed that these GAG films provided a highly hydrated, pericellular environment in which assembly of other matrix components, presentation of growth and differentiation factors, and cell migration could readily occur.
(1) Experimental Methods
(a) Materials Fermentation-derived hyaluronan (HA, sodium salt, MW = 1.5xl06) was provided by Clear Solutions Biotech, Inc. (Stony Brook, NY). l-Ethyl-3-[3- (dimethylamino)-propyl]carbodiimide (EDCI) and adipic dihydrazide (ADH) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI). Chondroitin sulfate C was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO., USA). Poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) (My = 3400) was purchased from Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL). Balb/c mice were purchased from Charles River Laboratories Wilmington, MA. Isoflurane was acquired from Abbot Laboratories North Chicago, IL. Tegaderm™ was obtained from 3M Health Care (St. Paul, MN). Curity® Non-Adhering Dressings and Curity® Sheer Bandages were purchased from Kendall Company (Mansfield, MA), and 9 mm Autoclips® were purchased from Becton Dickinson (Sparks, MD).
(b) Analytical instrumentation Proton NMR spectral data were obtained using a NR/200 FT NMR spectrometer at 200 MHz (IBM Instruments, Inc.). Gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis was performed using the following system: Waters 515 HPLC pump,
Waters 410 differential refractometer, Waters™ 486 tunable absorbance detector, Ultrahydrogel 250 and 2000 columns (7.8 mm ID x 130 cm) (Milford, MA). Eluent was 150 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) / MeOH = 80:20 (v/v) and the flow rate was 0.5 mlJmin. The system was calibrated with standard HA samples provided by Dr.
U. Wik (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden).
(c) Preparation ofGAG-ADH HA-ADH was made using methods previously reported (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184). Briefly, HA was dissolved in H2O at 5 mg/mL. 5 molar equivalents of ADH, and 3 molar equivalents of EDCI were added in solid form, while maintaining the pH at 4.75, with the addition of 1.0 N HCI. The reaction was stopped by raising the pH of reaction mixture to 7.0, and the reaction mixture was dialyzed exhaustively. The solution was then centrifuged, and the supernatant was lyophilized. The purity of HA-ADH was measured by GPC, and the degree of substitution by ADH was determined by 1H-NMR.
CS-ADH was obtained using tae same procedures, except CS was dissolved in H2O at 25 mg/mL and 5 and 2 molar equivalents of ADH and EDCI were used respectively.
(d) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films
GAG-PEG films were made as described (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184). GAG- ADH was dissolved in H2O (5 mg/mL for HA-ADH and 25 mg/mL for CS-ADH) to form Solution A. PEG-diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 50 mg/mL
(Solution B). Volumes of Solutions A and B were added to a small polystyrene dish to give desired equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities, and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling. A hydrogel formed within 60 sec. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. Hydrogels were stored in an open dish overnight at 37°C to allow
solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film.
(e) In vivo wound healing The wound healing characteristics of the GAG films were evaluated using a mouse model. All assays were completed with the approval of the University of Utah's Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. To begin, a male balb/c mouse, weighing approximately 25 g was anesthetized with 2.5% isoflurane using a VetEquip inhalation anesthesia system. The surgical area was shaved with an electric razor, the mouse was strapped to a surgical board, and additional anesthesia was provided via a nose cone.
After a deep surgical plain had been reached, a wound, approximately 1.0-cm in diameter, was created on the dorsal side of the mouse using curve blade surgical scissors. Both the epidermal and dermal layers were removed, creating a full thickness wound with minimal bleeding. Next, four, individual diameters of the wound site were marked and measured using digital calipers and averaged to determine the original wound diameter and area. The wound was then dressed with one of three dressings: (1) Tegaderm™ (control); (2) ethylene oxide sterilized HA film and Tegaderm™; or (3) ethylene oxide sterilized CS film and Tegaderm™. GAG films were cut into 13 -mm in diameter circular sheets that were rehydrated with sterile normal saline before use. The Tegaderm™ was cut into 2-cm square pieces, pieces large enough to cover the entire wound and the surrounding area. The dressed wound was then covered with a Curity® Non- Adhering Dressing, bandaged with a Curity® Sheer Bandage, sealed with two 9 mm Autoclips®, and allowed to heal. The surgery was repeated multiple times to give a sample size of six mice per treatment per time point (described below).
On day 3, 5, 7, or 10 post-surgery, the mouse was anesthetized with isoflurane and sacrificed by cervical dislocation. The four wound diameters were measured again to determine the new wound area. The wound site was excised, and
the tissue was processed for histological evaluation. Any wound that had been exposed to air, because the mouse had chewed off its bandage, was not used for analysis. The wound size measurements taken at the time of surgery and at the time of biopsy were used to calculate the percent wound contraction, using equation 1.
% wound contraction = (A0 - At)/A0 x 100 (1)
where: A0 = original wound area and At = area of wound at time of biopsy
(ft Histology Excised wound sites were formalin fixed, processed, and embedded in paraffin. 3-5 μm thick sections were stained with hematoxyline and eosin (H&E) and Masson's Trichrome stain. For each wound, six on-edge sections spanning the diameter of the original wound site were taken and examined by conventional microscopy.
Histological endpoints included a quantitative measurement of the percent re-epithelialization, a qualitative measurement of the inflammatory response, and the presence of new vasculature. The un-epithelialized wound diameter was measured using an eyepiece micrometer. This measurement, together with the original wound diameter was used in equation 2 to determine the percent re-epithelialization. The average of all six sections from each wound site was calculated and determined to be the average of the percent re-epithelialization for that wound.
% re-epithelialization = (D0 - DB)/D0 x 100 (2)
where: D0 = original wound diameter and Dβ = diameter of wound at time of biopsy
The inflammatory response was graded on a qualitative scale from 0-3 (0- no sign of inflammation, 1-minimal inflammation, 2-moderate inflammation, and 3- strong presence of inflammatory cells). The presence of new vascular tissue in the
newly regenerated dermis indicated angiogenesis.
(s) Statistical Analysis All data is presented as the mean ± standard deviation, and all statistical analysis for significance was determined using ANOVA with α = 0.05 and a p • 0.05 (using StatView) being considered as significant.
(2) Results
(a) Preparation ofGAG-ADH Separately, purified HA-ADH and CS-ADH were dissolved in D2O and analyzed using H1NMR. The degree of substitution was determined by integration of the ADH methylene signals using the N-acetyl methyl resonances (δ = 1.95-2.00 ppm) as an internal standard (Pouyani, T., Harbison, G. S., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Novel hydrogels of hyaluronic acid: synthesis, surface morphology, and solid-state NMR. J Am Chem Soc 116, 7515-7522; Pouyani, T., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Functionalized derivatives of hyaluronic acid oligosaccharides - drag carriers and novel biomaterials. Bioconjugate Chemistry 5, 339-347.). The degree of ADH substitution of the HA-ADH used in this Example was 55%, based on the number of available glucuronates modified, while the CS-ADH was 88% modified.
(b) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films The GAG- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, which produced a bis- hydrazone functionality as the covalent crosslink (Figure 1). Hydrogels were produced when the crosshnking agent (PEG-diald) was used in a molar ratio of 0.25, 0.5, and 1 relative to ADH. The hydrogel began to form within 60 sec after mixing of the GAG- ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs. to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film. The HA-ADH films used in these investigations were 100% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 1:1), while CS-ADH
films were 25% crosslinked to keep the quantity of PEG in both film types consistent.
(c) In vivo wound healing Wound contraction is a healing process whereby the edges of the wound pull inwards to reduce the overall wound area. During healing, wound fibroblasts begin to assume a myofibroblast phenotype characterized by large bundles of actin containing microfilaments and the establishment of cell-cell and cell-matrix linkages (Clark, R. A. F. Wound repair: Overview and general considerations. In The Molecular and Cellular Biology of Wound Repair; R. A. F. Clark, Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 1996; pp 3-50). The fibroblasts link to extracellular fibronectin and collagen and to each other through adherens junctions. Collagen bundles at the wound edge and the underlying dermis crosslink to form a collagen network. These cell-cell, cell-matrix, and matrix-matrix links provide a network through which the traction of the fibroblasts can be transmitted across tae wound, thereby pulling the wound edges inward.
Re-epithelialization is the process through which new cutaneous tissue covers the wound defect. This process requires the uninjured keratinocytes along the wound edges to migrate laterally to cover the wound bed. Both wound contraction (Fang, C.-H., Robb, E. C, Yu, G.-S., Alexander, J. W., and Warden, G. D. (1990) Observations on stability and contraction of composite skin grafts: Xenodermis or allodermis with an isograft overlay. Journal of Bum Care and Rehabilitation 11, 538-542; Joseph, H. L., Roisen, F. J., Anderson, G. L., Barker, J. H., Weiner, L. J., and Tobin, G. R. (1997) Inhibition of wound contraction with locally injected lathyrogenic drugs. American Journal of Surgery 174, 347-350; Kaufman, T., Kalderon, N., Ullmann, Y., and Berger, J. (1988) Aloe vera gel hindered wound healing of experimental second-degree bums: A quantitative controlled study.
Journal of Bum Care and Rehabilitation 9, 156-159; Noormohamed, S. E., and Ray, T. (1998) Effect of 'Compound R' on thermal bum and full-depth wound contracture
in fuzzy rats. Journal of Bum Care and Rehabilitation 19, 213-215; Rennekampff, H. O., Kiessig, V., Griffey, S., Greenleaf, G., and Hansbrough, J. F. (1997) Acellular human dermis promotes cultured keratinocyte engraftment. Journal of Bum Care & Rehabilitation 18, 535-544) and re-epithelialization (Chvapil, M., Gaines, J. A., and Gilman, T. (1988) Lanolin and epidermal growth factor in healing of partial thickness pig wounds. Journal of Bum Care and Rehabilitation 9, 279-284; Davis, S. C, Badiavas, E., Rendon-Pellerano, M. I., and Pardo, R. J. (1999) Histological comparison of postoperative wound care regimens for laser resurfacing in a porcine model. Dermatol Surg 25, 387-393; Singer, A. J., Berratti, L., Jr., H. C. T., and McClain, S. A. (1999) Octylcyanoacrylate for the treatment of partial-thickness bums in swine: A randomized, controlled experiment. Academic Emergency Medicine 6, 688-692; and Singer, A. J., Berratti, L., and McClain, S. A. (1999) Comparative trial of octyl-cyanoacrylate and silver sulfadiazine for the treatment of full-thickness skin wounds. Wound Repair and Regeneration 7, 356-361) have been used as methods of monitoring wound closure and healing. In this paper, wound contraction was monitored by measuring the area within the wound's full-thickness margins, and re-epithelialization was determined by measuring the advancing epithelium.
Figures 2 and 3 show the results for both wound contraction and re- epithelialization, respectively. No significant difference in wound contraction was observed between either of the two assay groups (HA film or CS film treated wounds) and the control group (Tegaderm™ only) for any time point. On the other hand by day 5, wounds treated with CS film had significantly (p<0.001) more epithelial tissue taan the controls. Additionally by day 7 post-surgery, wounds treated with either GAG film hand significantly more (p<0.05) epithelial coverage.
Other histological differences between the groups are listed in Table 1.
(histological samples were illustrated by Masson's Trichrome stained sections of wounds 5 and 10 days post surgery at lOx magnification. Various samples were
looked at for example, (a) Wound dressed with HA film+Tegaderm™; (b) Wound dressed with CS film+Tegaderm™; (c) Wound dressed with Tegaderm™ only; (d) Tissue peripheral to wound bed as an example of normal skin. A-adipose, D-dermis, E-epidermis, F-HA film, M-muscle. At day 5, heavy wound exudate was noticed on the HA film dressed wound, the early appearance of new epidermis was observed on the CS dressed wound, and neither was observed on the Tegaderm™ only wound. At day 10, there was heavy dermal collagen regeneration and reorganization in the HA and CS film dressed wounds and the lack of in the Tegaderm™ only wound.
Treatment Percent of Presence Inflammatory Comments mice of new Response completely blood re- vessels Dermis Muscle epithelialized (+/-)
Day 3
Tegaderm™ 0 - +++ ++ a
HA+Tegaderm™ 0 - +++ ++ b
CS+Tegaderm™ 0 - +++ ++ c
Day 5
Tegaderm™ 0 - +++ ++ a
HA+Tegaderm™ 0 - +++ +++ b, c
CS+Tegaderm™ 33 + +++ +++ d
Day 7
Tegaderm™ 0 + +++ ++ c
HA+Tegaderm™ 33 + +++ + b, d
CS+Tegaderm™ 67 + +++ + d
Day 10
Tegaderm™ 17 + +++ ++ c
HA+Tegaderm™ 67 + +++ ++ d
CS+Tegaderm™ 83 + +++ + d
Table 1: Histological evaluation of wounds for all three assay groups at all time points. Inflammatory response: (+++) strong, (++) moderate, (+) minimal, (-) none Comments: (a) little dermal regeneration, (b) film integrating into wound, (c) moderate dermal rengeration, (d) visual signs of dermal collagen organization
Notable day 3 and 5 differences involve heavy wound exudate. HA film treated wounds were covered with a moist, degrading film, full of wound exudate.
Attempts to remove the film resulted in bleeding, indicating that the film was
integrated into the wound bed. Biopsies and histology revealed a thick wound bed, heavily infiltrated with inflammatory cells, primarily polymorphonuclear leukocytes, identified by their lobular nuclei. Little exudate was found on the CS film treated wounds, and the films were easily removed from the wound site. By day 5 there was complete epithelial coverage on 2 of CS film treated wounds plus visual identification of new vasculature and dermal organization was evident in all of the CS film treated wounds. With either GAG treatment, wound edges were identified by the heavy proliferation of the peripheral keratinocytes, which were migrating through the dermis-like space provided by the films. The Tegaderm™ only treated wounds had no wound exudate, little dermal regeneration, and inflammatory response. The Tegaderm™ dressing adhered to the wound bed, and removal resulted in the loss of tissue at the wound site. Therefore, all Tegaderm™ only dressing wounds were histologically processed with tae Tegaderm™ still in place.
Seven days after surgery 1 HA film treated wound and 4 CS film treated wounds, while none of the Tegaderm™ only treated wounds were completely re- epithelialized. All the wounds were heavily infiltrated with inflammatory cells, but the inflammation was localized only to the new dermis. On previous days, the underlying muscle had a heavy inflammatory presence.
By day 10 post-surgery the HA films were completely degraded with no film visibly present on the wound bed. Four of the six wounds had completely re- epithelialized and dermal collagen regeneration. Similar results were seen with the CS film treated wounds, except the CS film had not yet degraded. Five of the six wounds had 100% re-epithelialization and the collagen fibrils of the dermis were well organized. On the other hand, results for the control wounds were, more inconsistent, exhibited less re-epithelialization, and little dermal collagen regeneration and organization.
An ideal wound dressing has many attributes. It should protect the wound
from bacterial infection, control evaporative water loss and prevent dehydration, control permeability of oxygen and carbon dioxide, absorb wound exudate, and enhance the healing. Additionally, it should be composed of materials that are nontoxic, non-immunogenic, flexible, durable, and comfortable when worn.
The films described herein have significant advantages to the previously studied materials. They are hydrophilic and absorb wound exudate. They can be used immediately and do not require weeks of preparation. The HA and CS films are biodegradable and non-immunogenic, and they can be used with an occlusive dressing to prevent infection. Additionally, the HA hydrogel films describe here have been shown to possess sustained release capabilities (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184) that may prove useful for delivering therapeutic agents at wound sites.
The mouse in vivo wound healing assays indicate that significant healing occurred in wounds treated with a GAG hydrogel film through the re-epithelialization process. Additionally, the underlying dermal tissue appeared to regenerate and reorganize more rapidly taan those wounds treated with Tegaderm™ alone. The control, Tegaderm™, consists of a thin polyurethane membrane coated with a layer of an acrylic adhesive. The dressing, which is permeable to both water vapor and oxygen, is impermeable to microorganisms. Clinically, Tegaderm™ is used in the treatment of minor bums, pressure areas, donor sites, post-operative wounds, and a variety of minor injuries including abrasions, and lacerations.
Combining the use of GAG films with Tegaderm™ created at wound dressing that protected the wound from bacterial infection, controlled evaporative water loss and prevent dehydration, controlled permeability of oxygen and carbon dioxide, absorbed wound exudate, and enhanced the healing. It is probable that the HA films promote cell movement in early granulation tissue as HA has been found
to do in embryogenesis and morphogenesis (Toole, B. P. (1997) Hyaluronan in morphogenesis. J Intern Med 242, 35-40).
Histological results from those wounds treated with a CS film show more dermal collagen regeneration and organization than those treated with a HA film or Tegaderm™. Finally, other GAG molecules like heparin and heparan sulfates have been found to bind, hold, and act as a repository for a large group of cytokines
(Gallo, R. L., and Bemfield, M. Proteoglycan and their role in wound repair. In The Molecular and Cellular Biology of Wound Repair; R. A. F. Clark, Ed.; Plenum Press: New York, 1996; pp 475-492.).
Wound exudate mixed with degrading film was clearly visible upon gross and histological examination of the HA film treated wounds.
b Pig Model
Assays similar to those conducted in mouse were also conducted in Pig with similar results.
(1) Experimental Methods (a) Materials
Fermentation-derived hyaluronan (HA, sodium salt, MW = 1.5xl06) was provided by Clear Solutions Biotech, Inc. (Stony Brook, NY). l-Ethyl-3-[3- (dimethylamino)-propyl] carbodiimide (EDCI) and adipic dihydrazide (ADH) were purchased from Aldrich Chemical Co. (Milwaukee, WI). Chondroitin sulfate C was obtained from Sigma (St. Louis, MO., USA). Poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde (PEG-diald) (M = 3400) was purchased from Shearwater Polymers, Inc. (Huntsville, AL). Female pigs were purchased from Arnold's Hog Supply (Lehi, Ut). Tegaderm™ and VetWrap were obtained from 3M Animal Care Products (St. Paul, MN). Skin markers were purchased from DeRoyal
(Powell, TN). Betasept® was acquired from Purdue Frederick (Norwalk, CT). Lap Sponges were obtained from Medical Action Industries (Ashville, NC). AutoSuture™ skin staples were purchased form United States Surgical Corporation (Norwalk, CT).
(b) Analytical instrumentation Proton NMR spectral data were obtained using a NR/200 FT NMR spectrometer at 200 MHz (IBM Instruments, e). Gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis was performed using the following system: Waters 515 HPLC pump,
Waters 410 differential refractometer, Waters M 486 tunable absorbance detector, Ultrahydrogel 250 and 2000 columns (7.8 mm ID x 130 cm) (Milford, MA). Eluent was 150 mM phosphate buffer (pH 6.5) / MeOH = 80:20 (v/v) and the flow rate was 0.5 mL/min. The system was calibrated with standard HA samples provided by Dr. U. Wik (Pharmacia, Uppsala, Sweden).
(c) Preparation ofGAG-ADH
HA-ADH was made using slightly modified methods from those previously reported (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drug delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184). First, high molecular weight HA (MW=1.5xl06) was degraded using acid degradation. 20 g of HA was dissolved in 2.5 L H2O by vortexing at 150 rpm at 37°C. After 3 hrs, the solution was moved to a mechanical stirrer and the pH of the solution was adjusted to 0.6-0.7 through the addition of concentrated HCI. The mixture was allowed to stir for an additional 24 hrs. Afterwards the pH of the solution was raised to 7.0 through the addition of 0.1 N NaOH, and the solution was transferred to the pre-washed dialysis tubing (MWCO=3,500) and dialyzed exhaustively against H2O. The molecular weight of the resulting low molecular weight HA (LMWHA) was determined by GPC.
LMWHA solution was then used to prepare HA-ADH. 10 molar equivalents
of ADH, and 2 molar equivalents of EDCI were added in solid form, while maintaining the pH at 4.75, with the addition of 1.0 N HCI. Raising the pH of reaction mixture to 7.0 stopped the reaction, and the reaction mixture was dialyzed thoroughly. The solution was then centrifuged, and the supernatant was lyophilized. The purity of HA-ADH was measured by GPC, and the degree of substitution by ADH was determined by 1H-NMR. CS-ADH was obtained using the same procedures, except no adjustments were made to its molecular weight, it was dissolved in H O at 25 mg/mL, and 5 and 2 molar equivalents of ADH and EDCI were used respectively.
(d) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films GAG-PEG films were produced using methods similar to those previously reported (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drag delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184). 2.5 g of GAG-ADH was dissolved in 100 mL of nanopure H2O to form Solution A. The desired equivalent of PEG-diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 25 mg/mL (Solution B). Both solutions were cooled to 4°C, added to a 25.4-cm2 polystyrene dish, and mixed with gentle vortexing. A hydrogel formed within 5 minutes. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. Hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation. The resulting film was then cut into 5 x 5 cm2 pieces. Each piece was sterilized with ethylene oxide gas and stored separately at room temperature until use.
(e) In vivo wound healing
The wound healing characteristics of the GAG films were evaluated using a pig model (Figure 4). All assays were completed with the approval of the University of Utah's Institutional Animal Care and Use Committee. To begin, a female pig,
weighing approximately 40 kg was anesthetized with TKX (1-2 cc/50 kg) and Atropine (0.12-0.15 mg/kg) and intubated. The surgical area was shaved with an electric razor and prepped with iodine solution. Additional anesthesia (1-2% isoflurane), heart rate, and respiration were monitored with a surgical anesthesia machine.
After a deep surgical plain had been reached, a skin marker was used to outline the location of the 8 5 x 5 cm2 desired surgical sites on the dorsal side of the pig. Using the spine as the sagittal plane, 4 sites were located on each side of the pig with two wounds located medially and two laterally. Next, each intended site was lubricated with Betasept™, and a partial thickness wound was inflicted with a Padgett Electro-Dermatome from Padgett Instruments Kansas City, MO, creating wounds that were approximately 5 x 5 x 0.03 cm3. After haemostasis was reached, the exact wound dimensions were measured and the wounds were dressed. The four wounds on one half of the pig were dressed with a GAG film plus Tegaderm™, while the other half were dressed with Tegaderm™ alone. All dressed wounds were then covered with 4 Lap Sponges, wrapped with Vetrap™ and a surgical stocking, and secured with skin staples. The surgery was repeated multiple times to give a sample size of three pigs per treatment per time point (described below).
On day 3, 5, or 7 post-surgery, the pig was anesthetized with TKX (1-2 cc/50 kg) and Atropine (0.12-0.15 mg/kg) and sacrificed with Beuthanasia (20 cc). Each wound was excised in its entirety and analyzed histologically.
(f) Histology Each excised wound was divided into four equal pieces, and each piece was formalin fixed, processed, and embedded in paraffin (Figure 5). One 3-5 μm thick on edge section from each piece was stained with Masson's Trichrome stained. For each wound, one section from each piece of wound was examined, for a total of three sections per wound.
Histological endpoints included a quantitative measurement of the percent re-epithelialization, a qualitative measurement of the inflammatory response, and a quantitative measurement of the dermal regeneration. The un-epithelialized wound distance was measured using an eyepiece micrometer. This measurement, together with the original wound size was used in equation 1 to determine the percent re- epithelialization. The average of all three sections from each wound site was calculated and determined to be the average of tae percent re-epithelialization for that wound. Next, the results from each wound were averaged for the percent re- epithelialization for that particular pig.
% re-epithelialization = (D0 - DB)/D0 x 100 (1)
where: D0 = original wound length and DB = length of wound at time of biopsy
The inflammatory response was graded on a qualitative scale from 0-3 (0- no sign of inflammation, 1-minimal inflammation, 2-moderate inflammation, and 3- strong presence of inflammatory cells). Dermal regeneration was determined using computer densitometry. For each tissue section, the density of dermal collagen (stained blue from the Masson's Trichrome stain) peripheral to the wound bed determined. Next, the density of new collagen in the wound bed was determined, and the ratio of densities was calculated and correlated to dermal regeneration (Figure 6).
(g) Statistical Analysis
All data is presented as the mean ± standard deviation, and all statistical analysis for significance was determined using ANOVA with α = 0.05 and a p • 0.05 (using StatView) being considered as significant.
(2) Results
(a) Preparation ofGAG-ADH Separately, purified HA-ADH and CS-ADH were dissolved in D2O and analyzed using H1NMR. The degree of substitution was determined by integration of the ADH methylene signals using the N-acetyl methyl resonances (δ = 1.95-2.00 ppm) as an internal standard (Pouyani, T., Harbison, G. S., and Prestwich, G. D. (1994) Novel hydrogels of hyaluronic acid: synthesis, surface morphology, and solid-state NMR. J Am Chem Soc 116, 7515-7522). The degree of ADH substitution of the LMWHA-ADH used in this Example was 63%, based on the number of available glucuronates modified, while the CS-ADH was 83% modified.
(b) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films
The GAG- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, which produced a bis- hydrazone functionality as the covalent crosslink. The hydrogel began to form within 5 minutes after mixing of the GAG- ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs. to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film. The GAG- ADH films used in these investigations were 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 0.5:1).
(c) In vivo wound healing Re-epithelialization is the process through which new cutaneous tissue covers the wound defect. This process requires the uninjured keratinocytes along the wound edges and the lining the hair follicles to migrate, covering the wound bed. Monitoring such epithelial migration has been used as methods of monitoring wound closure and healing (Chvapil, M., Gaines, J. A., and Gilman, T. (1988) Lanolin and epidermal growth factor in healing of partial thickness pig wounds. Journal of Burn Care and Rehabilitation 9, 279-284; Davis, S. C, Badiavas, E., Rendon-Pellerano, M. I., and Pardo, R. J. (1999) Histological comparison of postoperative wound care
regimens for laser resurfacing in a porcine model. Dermatol Surg 25, 387-393; Singer, A. J., Berratti, L., Jr., H. C. T., and McClain, S. A. (1999) Octylcyanoacrylate for the treatment of partial-thickness bums in swine: A randomized, controlled experiment. Academic Emergency Medicine 6, 688-692; and Singer, A. J., Berratti, L., and McClain, S. A. (1999) Comparative trial of octyl- cyanoacrylate and silver sulfadiazine for the treatment of full-thickness skin wounds. Wound Repair and Regeneration 7, 356-361.). Wound healing was quantified by the percent re-epithelialization of partial thickness wounds created on the dorsal side of a pig.
On day 3 post-surgery, gross evaluation of the wounds revealed a thick, exudate covering the GAG film treated wounds (histology was performed at 3, 5, and 7 days post surgery. Typically sections for the following were examined; (a) Wound treated with an HA film+Tegaderm™ on day 3; (b) Wound treated with Tegaderm™ only on day 3; (c) Wound treated with CS film+Tegaderm™ on day 5; (d) Wound treated with Tegaderm™ only on day 5; (e) Wound treated with HA film+Tegaderm™ on day 7; and (f) Wound treated with Tegaderm™ only on day 7. (D-dermis, E-epidermis, F-HA film and exudate, and H-hair follicle.) There was exudate on the day 3 and 5 GAG treated wounds.).
The coating was actually degrading GAG film impregnated with wound exudate. Attempts to remove the exudate/film resulted in bleeding, indicating that the film was integrated into the wound bed. On the other hand, Tegaderm™ only treated wounds had no exudate covering and looked dehydrated. Histology revealed that the HA film dressed wounds exhibited significantly more re-epithelialization than the control group (Tegaderm™ only) (Figure 7). Epithelial cells from wound edges and hair follicles proliferated and migrated to cover the wound (Typically this type of date was obtained byanalyzing Masson's Trichrome stained sections of wounds 3 days post surgery at 4x magnification. Typically the following sections were analyzed: (a) Wound dressed with HA film+Tegaderm™; (b) Wound dressed
with Tegaderm™ only. Typically heavy excessive proliferation of epithelial cells migrating from the hair follicles was observed on tae HA film treated wound.).
The gross evaluations for day 5 post-surgery were similar to those of day 3.
By day 7, the majority of all wounds were completely healed. The GAG films were degraded into small fragments and were easily washed off with normal saline. The Tegaderm™ only dressed wound also appeared completely healed. Histological evaluation confirmed these results (Figure 7).
These preliminary results indicate that the presence of a GAG film helps to accelerate the re-epithelialization process. By day 3 epithelial cells are proliferating and migrating from both the wound edges and hair follicles to cover the wound bed, with significantly more coverage found than in the HA+Tegaderm™ dressed wounds. By day 7 both treatment groups are completely healed.
8. Example 8. Mechanical testing of GAG films
a) Methods
(1) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films GAG-PEG films were made as described (Luo, Y., Kirker, K. R., and
Prestwich, G. D. (2000) Cross-linked hyaluronic acid hydrogel films: new biomaterials for drag delivery. Journal of Controlled Release 69, 169-184). GAG- ADH was dissolved in H2O (5 mg/mL for HA-ADH and 25 mg/mL for CS-ADH) to form Solution A. PEG-diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 50 mg/mL (Solution B). Volumes of Solutions A and B were added to a small polystyrene dish to give desired equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities, and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling. A hydrogel formed within 60 sec. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid,
uniform hydrogel. Hydrogels were stored in an open dish overnight at 37°C to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film.
(2) Mechanical testing The mechanical testing of the GAG films were completed using methods outlined in ASTM D882-95a. Briefly, the film was first cut into 70 x 7 x 0.045 mm3 sized samples with exact measurements taken at the time of testing. The film was clamped into the bottom and top grips of a Model TMS (serial #136) Instron (Listron, Canton, Mass.) with an Instron 10-lb maximum-capacity load cell (5-lb. load used for testing). The samples were then strained at a cross-head speed of 0.8 in/min until failure, and the load supported by the film was recorded on a strip-chart recorder. The modulus, tensile stress, and % elongation at failure were then calculated.
For testing of the swollen mechanical properties similar procedures were followed. A dry film was clamped into position on the Instron. Next, the film was sprayed with PBS for 30 seconds and allowed to swell and equilibrate. Afterwards, using a 2 lb. load, the film was strained at a cross-head speed of 0.8 in/min. Again, the load supported by the film was recorded on a strip-chart recorder, and the modulus, tensile stress, and % elongation at failure were calculated.
For comparison, human skin was also tested. The tissue was thawed and cut into 50 mm x 7 mm sized samples. Human epidermis samples were tested using the 2-lb. load and a crosshead speed of 0.8 in/min.
b Results
fL) Preparation of GAG-PEG hydrogel films The GAG- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, which produced a bis- hydrazone functionality as the covalent crosslink (Figure IB). Hydrogels were
produced when the crosshnking agent (PEG-diald) was used in a molar ratio of 0.25, 0.5, and 1 relative to ADH. The hydrogel began to form within 60 sec after mixing of the GAG-ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs. to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film. The GAG-ADH films used in these investigations were 100 and 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 1:1 and 0.5:1).
(2) Mechanical Testing The mechanical testing results are listed in Tables 2 and 3. Briefly, the modulus of elasticity of the HA film increases with increasing crosshnking, while the elongation decreases, as expected. The higher crosshnking makes the film more rigid, preventing elastic deformation of the material. There was no difference in tensile strength for the two types of crosslinked HA films. However, the CS films showed the opposite results. The 100% crosslinked films have lower modulus and tensile strength than the 50% crosslinked films, with no significant differences in the elongation at failure. It is possible that when making the 100% crosslinked CS films all the PEG-diald did not react, resulting in a less crosslinked film with less than expected mechanical results.
When swollen with PBS, all films have considerably less strength and elasticity, yet similar elongation values compared to the dry films. Values for swollen films are very similar to human epidermis. Again, the results from the swollen HA films are the opposite than expected. The 100% crosslinked films have lower modulus and tensile strength than the 50% crosslinked films. Therefore, it is speculated that the mechanical properties of the films can be manipulated and tailored by changing the % crosshnking.
Table 2: Mechanical properties of dry GAG films (avg. ± s.d., n=9)
Modulus of Elasticity Tensile Stress % Elongation at Failure
(MPa) (MPa)
HA Films
100% crosslinked 790 ± 64 20 + 4 12 ± 5
50% crosslinked 400 + 130 21 ± 4 49 ± 6
CS Films
100% crosslinked 170 ± 28 12 + 3 46 + 14
50% crosslinked 420 + 110 28 ± 4 35 + 9
Table 3: Mechanical properties of swollen GAG films (avg. ± s.d., n=9)
Modulus of Elasticity Tensile Stress % Elongation at Failure
(MPa) (MPa)
HA Films
100% crosslinked 1.0 + 0.3 0.20 + 0.06 15 ± 6
50% crosslinked 2.6 ± 0.6 0.82 + 0.23 30 + 10
CS Films
50% crosslinked 1.4 + 0.2 0.16 ± 0.04 21 + 14
Epidermis 0.96 + 0.52 0.28 ± 0.04 28 + 11
9. Example 9. Microvasculature growth stimulated by HA hydrogels
HA-ADH hydrogels were formed by cross-linking with PEG-dialdehyde (As discussed in Example 2), then dried to a film form by sitting at 37 °C for 24 hours. All steps were carried out under clean conditions. Three cases of films were formed:
1) a film containing HA-ADH only
2) a film containing HA-ADH into which 2μg VEGF had been mixed prior to cross-linking; both of these films were used without further sterilization.
3) and a film containing HA-ADH + VEGF that was sterilized by exposure to ethylene oxide after drying.
a) Experimental
5mm x 5mm square samples were cut from the films and surgically implanted in a small pocket that was formed in a mouse ear immediately beneath its skin. These implants contained 1.0 mg of cross-linked HA, and the VEGF cases also contained 50ng of VEGF. Along with the animals receiving implants, a sham surgery was also performed in which a pocket was formed, but no implant was placed in it. Three animals were treated for each case.
At 14 days post-surgery, the animals were sacrificed and both the implanted and contralateral ears were retrieved. The ears were fixed in formalin, sectioned for microscopy and stained with hematoxylin and eosin. The numbers of microvessels in 10 randomly chosen 100 sq. micrometer patches from each ear, surgical and contralateral, were then counted by two observers.
Figure 8 shows microvessel density for each case, averaged over the three animals. All differences were statistically significant by one-way ANOVA, with p < 0.005, except for the sterilized vs. non-sterilized HA + VEGF comparison which had p = 0.06. Although the pocket formation merely by itself elicited notable microvessel growth, since the sham mean (122 microvessels/mm2) was nearly twice the contralateral mean (63 microvessels/mm2), nevertheless the presence of the implant dramatically amplified this effect. HA alone produced nearly twice the microvessel density of the sham (222 vs 122 microvessels/mm2), and HA + VEGF (non-sterile) produced an additional 150% increase (372 vs. 222).
These results demonstrate clearly that (a) in general, HA hydrogels can be highly effective motifs for delivery of endogenous pharmaceutical agents and (b) specifically, HA and the combination of HA with VEGF can dramatically enhance the process of neovasculogenesis in in vivo applications. A summary of these results is shown in Figure 8.
lO.Example 10. The release of growth factors from GAG films
a) Methods
(1) Preparation of HA film with bFGF
To begin, 2 μg of human recombinant basic Fibroblast Growth Factor (bFGF) (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) was resuspended in 1 ml of 0.1% bovine seram albumin (BS A) in phosphate buffered saline (PBS). Next, 37.5 mg of low molecular weight HA-ADH (LMWHA- ADH) was dissolved in H2O at 25 mg/mL to form
Solution A. The bFGF solution was then mixed into Solution A. 40.07 mg of PEG- diald was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 25 mg/mL to form Solution B. Both solutions were cooled to 4°C, added to a 3.5 cm in diameter petri dish, and mixed with gentle vortexing. A hydrogel formed within 5 minutes. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. The hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. The resulting film was cut into 1-cm in diameter disks and stored separately. One half of the disks also received ethylene oxide gas sterilization.
(2) bFGF release
An in vitro release assay was used to monitor the release of bFGF from the HA films. To begin, a HA/bFGF disk was placed in a small glass vial. 1 ml of 100 U/ml of HAse in PBS was then added to the vial. The container was then placed on an orbital platform at 37°C and incubated. Periodically, the bathing solution was recovered and replaced with new solution. The recovered solution was stored at - 80°C until analyzed. The amount of bFGF in the collected solutions was quantified using the Quantikine® immunoassay by R&D Systems (Minneapolis, MN) and the methods described there in.
(3) Preparation of GAG film with TGF-β
Human recombinant transforming growth factor beta 3 (TGF-β) was incorporated into both HA and CS films. To begin, 1.5 ng of TGF-β (Oncogene Research Products, Boston, MA) was resuspended as directed in sterile 4 mM HCI with 0.1 % BSA. Next, 109.5 mg of GAG-ADH (either LMWHA- ADH or CS- ADH) was dissolved in H2O at 25 mg/mL to form Solution A. The TGF-β solution was then mixed into Solution A. A desired amount of PEG-diald (approximately 124 mg for either a HA or CS film) was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of
25 mg/mL to form Solution B. Both solutions were cooled to 4°C, added to a 6 cm in diameter petri dish, and mixed with gentle vortexing. A hydrogel formed within 5 minutes. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel. The hydrogel was then moved to a 37°C incubator and stored overnight to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. The resulting film was cut into 1 x 2 cm2 pieces, sterilized with ethylene oxide gas and stored separately.
(4) TGF-β Release
The release of TGF-β was observed using an in vivo mouse model. A 2-cm midline laparotomy was created on a balb/c mouse. The incision was then closed with three sutures spaced 1-cm apart. Next, a GAG-film with TGF-β or a GAG-film without TGF-β was placed over the wound. The skin incision was closed with running sutures. All films were swollen with normal saline before use. An additional control group consisted of laparotomies covered with no film at all. There were a total of 6 mice per group. After a week, the wounds were exposed and evaluated. Defect in lengths in between sutures were measured and histological samples were taken for evaluation.
b) Results
(1) Preparation of HA film with bFGF
LMWHA- ADH was crosslinked with PEG-diald, thereby physically trapping the bFGF in the hydrogel. The hydrogel began to form within 5 minutes after mixing of the HA-ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film. The HA-ADH films used in these investigations were 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 1:1 and 0.5:1).
(2) bFGF release
An in vitro release assay was used to monitor the release of bFGF from the HA films. The amount of bFGF released was quantified using an ELISA. The results from the assay are shown in Figure 9 and Figure 10. After 72 hrs, approximately 1000 pg of bFGF was released and detected from both the sterilized and unsterilized films. Such results indicate that the in situ polymerization method does not appear to harm the antibody epitopes of the growth factor, suggesting it does not harm the growth factor structure or function. Additionally, the process of gas sterilization did not alter the results, indicating that it might be a valid technique for sterilizing the films.
(3) Preparation of GAG film with TGF-β LMWHA- ADH and CS-ADH were separately crosslinked with PEG-diald, thereby physically trapping TGF-β in the hydrogel. Hydrogels began to form within 5 minutes after mixing of the GAG-ADH and PEG-diald solutions, but was agitated for 24 hrs. to assure the formation of a solid, uniform hydrogel. Evaporation of the solvent provided flexible, hydratable GAG hydrogel film. Both the GAG-ADH films used were 50% crosslinked (aldehyde: ADH ratio of 1:1 and 0.5:1).
(4) TGF-β Release
The release of TGF-β was observed using an in vivo mouse model. Gross evaluation of the wounds indicated that those films that released TGF-β, had considerably less defects than those not releasing the growth factor. Additionally, those receiving no film at all had the largest defects; some exhibiting hernias. All the films used in this Example were sterilized with ethylene oxide gas, yet the TGF- β was still active. This confirms the earlier results suggesting that gas sterilization can be used to sterilize GAG-ADH films with growth factors.
ll.Example 11. HA oxidation
1 g HA was dissolved in 100 ml H O at 37°C by shaking at 150 rpm overnight. 1.07 g NaIO4 (2 equivalent to HA units) was added into the solution, continued shaking at 37°C 190 rpm for 2h. Extensively dialyzed against H2O for 3 days, lyophilized to give oxidized HA. The oxidation was detected by 1H NMR of hydrolyzed aldehyde protons (δ = 5.0-5.5 ppm) with the methyl resonance (δ = 1.95 - 2.00 ppm) of the acetamido moiety of the GlcNAc residues of HA as an internal standard.
a) HA hydrogel preparation with HA-ADH crosslinked by oxidized HA
Similar to the crosshnking process of HA-ADH with PEG-dialdehyde, HA- ADH was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 5 mg/mL (Solution A). Oxidized HA was dissolved in H2O at a concentration of 10 mg/mL (Solution B). Volumes of Solutions A and B were added to a small Petri dish to give various molar equivalents of aldehyde and hydrazide functionalities, and the solutions were mixed with gentle swirling. A hydrogel began to form within 60 sec. The mixture was agitated on an orbital platform for an additional 24 hr to obtain a solid, uniform hydrogel.
Hydrogels were stored in an open dish overnight at 37 °C to allow solvent evaporation and thus provide a flexible, hydratable HA hydrogel film. Hydrogel films were successfully obtained with the molar ratio of aldehyde/hydrazide equal to 0.05, 0.1, 0.2, 0.5, or 1.0. Similar oxidation will occur with other polysaccharides, e.g. dextran, pectin, cellulose etc. The oxidized polysaccharides could be used as crosslinkers to prepare HA hydrogels. See Figures 11 and 12.
Throughout this application, various publications are referenced. The disclosures of these publications in their entireties are hereby incorporated by reference into this application in order to more fully describe the state of the art to which this invention pertains.
It will be apparent to those skilled in the art that various modifications and variations can be made in the present invention without departing from the scope or spirit of the invention. Other embodiments of the invention will be apparent to those skilled in the art from consideration of the specification and practice of the invention disclosed herein. It is intended that the specification and examples be considered as exemplary only, with a true scope and spirit of the invention being indicated by the following claims.
Claims
What is claimed is:
1. A hydrogel film comprising a polymer, wherein the polymer has at least one unit having the formula I
wherein
X and Y are a polysaccharide residue; and
Z, R1, R2, R3, R4, R5, R6, R7, and R8are, independently, hydrogen, a polysaccharyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl group, or a polyether group, wherein Z, R3, and R4 are not hydrogen.
2. The film of Claim 1, wherein X and Y are the same polysaccharide residue.
3. The film of Claim 1, wherein X and Y are different polysaccharide residues.
4. The film of Claim 1, wherein the polysaccharide residue is a glycosaminoglycan.
5. The film of Claim 1, wherein X and Y are, independently, a residue of chondroitin sulfate, dermatan, heparan, heparin, dermatan sulfate, heparan sulfate, alginic acid, pectin, or carboxymethylcellulose. 6. The film of Claim 1, wherein X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid.
The film of Claim 1, wherein Z is a polyether.
8. The film of Claim 1, wherein R1, R R\ R , R , and R8 are hydrogen
9. The film of Claim 1, wherein R and R are an alkyl group
10. The film of Claim 1, wherein R and R are (CEL,),,, wherein n is from 1 to 20
11. The film of Claim 10, wherein n is from 2 to 4.
12. The film of Claim 1, wherein the polymer has from 10 to 10,000 units having the formula I.
13. A hydrogel film comprising a polymer, wherein tae polymer has at least one unit having the formula I
wherein X and Y are a residue of hyaluronic acid, Z is a polyethylene ether, R1, R2, R5, R6 , R7 , and R8 are hydrogen, and R3 and R4 is (CH,),.
14. A hydrogel film comprising a compound having the formula II:
[A^-Ajj π
wherein
A is a glycosaminoglycan having at least one hydrazide group;
B is a dialdehyde crosslinker;
x is the number of glycosaminoglycan molecules, which is a whole number in a range of 1 to 100 molecules;
y is the number of dialdehyde crosslinker molecules, which is a whole number in the range of 1 to 10 molecules; and
j is the number of crosslinked glycosaminoglycan-dialdehyde crosslinker- glycosaminoglycan units, which is a whole number in the range of 10 units to 100 million units.
15. A hydrogel film produced by the process comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
16. The film of Claim 15, wherein the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between a polysaccharide having at least one carboxylic acid group and a dihydrazide compound having the formula ffl
H2N-NH-C(O)-E-C(O)-NH-NH2 in
wherein E is a substituted or unsubstituted hydrocarbyl group, a substituted or unsubstituted heterohydrocarbyl group, or a polysaccharyl group.
17. The film of Claim 16, wherein the dihydrazide comprises adipic dihydrazide, butandioic dihydrazide, or suberic dihydrazide.
18. The film of Claim 16, wherein the modified polysaccharide comprises the reaction product between hyaluronic acid and adipic dihydrazide.
19. The film of Claim 16, wherein the polyaldehyde is a dialdehyde.
20. The film of Claim 16, wherein tae polyadlehyde comprises a polyether dialdehyde.
21. The film of Claim 16, wherein the polyaldehyde is poly(ethylene glycol)- propiondialdehyde.
22. The film of Claim 16, wherein the modified polysaccharide is the reaction product between hyaluronic acid and adipic dihydrazide and the polyaldehyde is poly(ethylene glycol)-propiondialdehyde.
23. A method for producing the hydrogel film of Claim 1, comprising reacting (1) a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group with (2) a polyaldehyde.
24. A pharmaceutical composition comprising a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound and the hydrogel film of Claim 1.
25. The composition of Claim 24, wherein the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound comprises an antiinflammatory, an antipyretic, a hormone, a growth factor, a contraceptive agent, an analgesic, a hypnotic, a sedative, an anticonvulsant, a muscle relaxant, a local anesthetic, an antispasmodic, an antiulcer drag, a peptidic agonist, a sympathiomimetic agent, a cardiovascular agent, an antitumor agent, an oligonucleotide, a spermicide,
an antibacterial, antineoplastic agent, an antihistamine, an antiviral, an antifungal, an antiproliferative, a vaccine, or a combination thereof.
26. The composition of Claim 24, wherein the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound is a steroid.
27. The composition of Claim 24, wherein the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound comprises pilocarpine, hydrocortisone, prednilosone, cortisone, diclofenac sodium, indomethacin, 6∞-methyl-prednisolone, corticosterone, dexamethasone, prednisone, penicillin, cephalosporins, bacitracin, tetracycline, doxycycline, gentamycin, chloroquine, vidarabine, salicylic acid, acetaminophen, ibuprofen, naproxen, piroxicam, flurbiprofen, morphine, cocaine, lidocaine, benzocaine, fibronectin, human growth hormone, a colony stimulating factor, bone morphogenic protein, platelet- derived growth factor (PDGF), insulin-derived growth factor, transforming growth factor-alpha, transforming growth factor-beta, epidermal growth factor, fibroblast growth factor, interleukin-1, dried bone material, methotrexate, 5-fluorouracil, adriamycin, vinblastine, cisplatin, tumor- specific antibodies conjugated to toxins, tumor necrosis factor, progesterone, testosterone, follicle stimulating hormone, insulin, diphenhydramine, papaverine, streptokinase, isopropamide iodide, metaprotemal sulfate, aminophylline, theophylhne, niacin, minoxidil, B-adrenergic blocking agent, dopamine, risperidone, naltrexone, naloxone, or buprenorphine.
28. The composition of Claim 24, wherein the composition further comprises an aqueous vehicle, a non-aqueous vehicle, a viscosity enhancing agent, an additive, a buffer, or a combination thereof.
29. A method for producing the pharmaceutical composition, comprising
admixing a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with the hydrogel film of Claim 1.
30. The method of Claim 29, wherein during the admixing step, the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound reacts with the hydrogel film.
31. A method for producing a pharmaceutical composition, comprising
(a) admixing a pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group, and
(b) reacting the modified polysaccharide in the admixture of step (a) with a polyaldehyde.
32. The method of Claim 31 , wherein during the admixing step (a), the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound reacts with the modified polysaccharide.
33. A method for improving wound healing in a mammal in need of such improvement, comprising contacting the wound of a mammal with the hydrogel film of Claim 1.
34. A method for delivering at least one pharmaceutically-acceptable compound to a patient in need of such delivery, comprising contacting at least one tissue capable of receiving the pharmaceutically-acceptable compound with the composition of Claim 24.
35. The method of Claim 34, wherein the delivery is for a medical purpose comprising the delivery of a contraceptive agent, treating a postsurgical
adhesion, promoting skin growth, preventing scarring, dressing a wound, conducting viscosurgery, conducting viscosupplementation, or engineering tissue.
36. A method for purifying a modified polysaccharide having at least one hydrazide group, comprising performing a first dialysis step comprising dialyzing the modified polysaccharide in the presence of a salt.
37. The method of Claim 36, wherein the salt is NaCI.
38. The method of Claim 36, wherein after the first dialysis step, performing a second dialysis step comprising dializing the modified polysaccharide in the presence of an aqueous alcohol.
39. The method of Claim 38, wherein after the second dialysis step, performing a third dialysis step comprising dialyzing the modified polysaccharide in the presence of water.
Applications Claiming Priority (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US21872500P | 2000-07-17 | 2000-07-17 | |
US218725P | 2000-07-17 | ||
PCT/US2001/022556 WO2002006373A1 (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2001-07-17 | Hydrogel films and methods of making and using therefor |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
EP1305355A1 true EP1305355A1 (en) | 2003-05-02 |
Family
ID=22816250
Family Applications (1)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
EP01957173A Withdrawn EP1305355A1 (en) | 2000-07-17 | 2001-07-17 | Hydrogel films and methods of making and using therefor |
Country Status (4)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1305355A1 (en) |
AU (1) | AU2001278943A1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2416698A1 (en) |
WO (1) | WO2002006373A1 (en) |
Families Citing this family (30)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2003061626A1 (en) * | 2002-01-18 | 2003-07-31 | Control Delivery Systems, Inc. | Polymeric gel system for the controlled delivery of codrugs |
CA2489712C (en) | 2002-06-21 | 2016-07-12 | University Of Utah Research Foundation | Crosslinked compounds and methods of making and using thereof |
WO2004050712A1 (en) * | 2002-11-29 | 2004-06-17 | Chugai Seiyaku Kabushiki Kaisha | Drug-sustained release carrier |
JP2007526239A (en) | 2003-05-15 | 2007-09-13 | ユニヴァーシティー オヴ ユタ リサーチ ファウンデーション | Anti-adhesion complex and methods and uses thereof |
ZA200604869B (en) | 2003-12-04 | 2007-11-28 | Univ Utah Res Found | Modified macromolecules and methods of making and using thereof |
US8293890B2 (en) | 2004-04-30 | 2012-10-23 | Advanced Cardiovascular Systems, Inc. | Hyaluronic acid based copolymers |
JP2008507341A (en) | 2004-07-21 | 2008-03-13 | メドトロニック,インコーポレイティド | Medical device and method for reducing localized fibrosis |
DE602006014091D1 (en) * | 2005-02-14 | 2010-06-17 | Yissum Res Dev Co | HYDROGEL ADHESIVES BASED ON DE POLYMERIZED POLYSACCHARIDES AND METHOD FOR THEIR USE |
JP2009516765A (en) * | 2005-11-22 | 2009-04-23 | サントル ナシオナル ドゥ ラ ルシェルシェ シアンティフィク | Novel hyaluronic acid derivative, process for its production and use thereof |
US20080069857A1 (en) * | 2006-04-12 | 2008-03-20 | Yoon Yeo | Compositions And Methods For Inhibiting Adhesions |
EP1897543A1 (en) | 2006-08-30 | 2008-03-12 | Euro-Celtique S.A. | Buprenorphine- wafer for drug substitution therapy |
DE102008005172A1 (en) * | 2008-01-19 | 2009-07-23 | Mike Ehrlich | Composition, useful for producing an agent for intraoperative application in abdominal cavity to prevent postoperative adhesion, comprises two components of polysaccharide, hyaluronic acid and/or phospholipid, and an antiinflammatory agent |
KR101809863B1 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2017-12-15 | 아스테리아스 바이오세라퓨틱스, 인크. | Synthetic surfaces for culturing stem cell derived cardiomyocytes |
US8168433B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2012-05-01 | Corning Incorporated | Cell culture article and screening |
US8329469B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2012-12-11 | Geron Corporation | Swellable (meth)acrylate surfaces for culturing cells in chemically defined media |
JP5703028B2 (en) | 2008-01-30 | 2015-04-15 | アステリアス バイオセラピューティクス インコーポレイテッド | Synthetic surface for culturing stem cell-derived oligodendrocyte progenitor cells |
JP2011518940A (en) | 2008-04-28 | 2011-06-30 | サーモディクス,インコーポレイティド | Poly-α (1 → 4) glucopyranose-based matrix with hydrazide bridges |
EP2280739B1 (en) | 2008-06-03 | 2012-07-04 | Actamax Surgical Materials LLC | A tissue coating for preventing undesired tissue-to-tissue adhesions |
CA2761909A1 (en) * | 2009-05-14 | 2010-11-18 | Central Michigan University | Composition and method of preparation of polysaccharide gel-based artificial, biodegradable skin scaffolds |
WO2010138074A1 (en) * | 2009-05-29 | 2010-12-02 | Hilborn Joens | Hyaluronic acid based delivery systems |
FR2972113A1 (en) * | 2011-03-02 | 2012-09-07 | Philippe Zanchetta | Use of polysaccharide mixture comprising a hyaluronic acid, chondroitin sulfate, dermatan sulfate and heparin, for forming a gel to protect and/or treat wound and skin lesions |
WO2013010045A1 (en) | 2011-07-12 | 2013-01-17 | Biotime Inc. | Novel methods and formulations for orthopedic cell therapy |
PL3148517T3 (en) * | 2014-05-30 | 2021-11-29 | The Research Foundation For The State University Of New York | Compositions and methods to promote bone formation |
JP7492967B2 (en) * | 2019-01-30 | 2024-05-30 | ボシュ・アンド・ロム・インコーポレイテッド | Crosslinked polymer networks and uses thereof |
CN110894302A (en) * | 2019-11-19 | 2020-03-20 | 福建医科大学孟超肝胆医院(福州市传染病医院) | Antibacterial hydrogel based on imine bond and acylhydrazone bond and preparation method thereof |
CN113024845A (en) * | 2021-03-17 | 2021-06-25 | 广西医科大学 | Preparation method of aldehyde hydrazine cross-linked antibacterial hydrogel dressing |
CN114044548B (en) * | 2021-09-24 | 2023-08-11 | 杭州食疗晶元生物科技有限公司 | Method for rapidly degrading hydrogel and recycling water resources |
CN114404648A (en) * | 2022-01-18 | 2022-04-29 | 张培华 | Preparation method of degradable antibacterial hemostatic hydrogel for promoting diabetic wound repair |
CN114486838B (en) * | 2022-02-18 | 2024-03-15 | 吉林大学 | Detection method of tetracycline antibiotics |
CN115252542A (en) * | 2022-07-29 | 2022-11-01 | 广州韵泽尚美生物科技有限公司 | A kind of double-course compound cell growth factor hydrogel and preparation method thereof |
Family Cites Families (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
SE462454B (en) * | 1988-11-10 | 1990-06-25 | Pharmacia Ab | METHOD FOR USE IN BIOSENSORS |
SE8804074D0 (en) * | 1988-11-10 | 1988-11-10 | Pharmacia Ab | SENSOR UNIT AND ITS USE IN BIOSENSOR SYSTEM |
US6180288B1 (en) * | 1997-03-21 | 2001-01-30 | Kimberly-Clark Worldwide, Inc. | Gel sensors and method of use thereof |
-
2001
- 2001-07-17 AU AU2001278943A patent/AU2001278943A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2001-07-17 WO PCT/US2001/022556 patent/WO2002006373A1/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2001-07-17 EP EP01957173A patent/EP1305355A1/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2001-07-17 CA CA002416698A patent/CA2416698A1/en not_active Abandoned
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
See references of WO0206373A1 * |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2416698A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 |
WO2002006373A1 (en) | 2002-01-24 |
AU2001278943A1 (en) | 2002-01-30 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
EP1305355A1 (en) | Hydrogel films and methods of making and using therefor | |
Kirker et al. | Glycosaminoglycan hydrogel films as bio-interactive dressings for wound healing | |
Feng et al. | Chitosan-based functional materials for skin wound repair: Mechanisms and applications | |
Vercruysse et al. | Hyaluronate derivatives in drug delivery | |
US8324184B2 (en) | Anti-adhesion composites and methods of use thereof | |
US8691793B2 (en) | Modified macromolecules and associated methods of synthesis and use | |
WO2008008859A2 (en) | Macromolecules modified with electrophilic groups and methods of making and using thereof | |
Kumar et al. | Recent advances in the use of algal polysaccharides for skin wound healing | |
EP3620186B1 (en) | Biomaterial devices for guided tissue regeneration | |
KR101379380B1 (en) | Drug Delivery Composition Comprising Biocompatible Crosslinked Hyaluronic Acid | |
Gao et al. | One-pot synthesis of bioadhesive double-network hydrogel patch as disposable wound dressing | |
Mi et al. | Fabrication of chondroitin sulfate‐chitosan composite artificial extracellular matrix for stabilization of fibroblast growth factor | |
CN111012803B (en) | Biomaterial devices and topical compositions for guided tissue regeneration | |
CN110624103B (en) | Biomaterial devices and topical compositions for treating skin abnormalities | |
US9867909B2 (en) | Multilayer implants for delivery of therapeutic agents | |
EP3620152A1 (en) | Biomaterial devices and topical compositions for treatment of skin abnormalities | |
US8563514B2 (en) | Peptides and pharmaceutical compositions for treating connective tissue | |
Kirker | Glycosaminoglycan hydrogels for wound healing | |
Ansari et al. | Gellan gum–based wound dressings | |
HK40020770A (en) | Biomaterial devices and topical compositions for guided tissue regeneration | |
HK40019582A (en) | Biomaterial devices and topical compositions for treatment of skin abnormalities | |
Peng et al. | Covalently crosslinked hyaluronan–polygalacturonic acid polymer as the drug carrier and its application in surgery |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
PUAI | Public reference made under article 153(3) epc to a published international application that has entered the european phase |
Free format text: ORIGINAL CODE: 0009012 |
|
17P | Request for examination filed |
Effective date: 20030217 |
|
AK | Designated contracting states |
Designated state(s): AT BE CH CY DE DK ES FI FR GB GR IE IT LI LU MC NL PT SE TR |
|
AX | Request for extension of the european patent |
Extension state: AL LT LV MK RO SI |
|
STAA | Information on the status of an ep patent application or granted ep patent |
Free format text: STATUS: THE APPLICATION HAS BEEN WITHDRAWN |
|
18W | Application withdrawn |
Effective date: 20040519 |